Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

idhc · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker idhc
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Integrated Diagnostics Holdings
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ifc.qxp  28/05/2020  10:48  Page 1

A

n n u a l   R e p o r t
2 0 1 9

A Lead
Company
Co pa y 

ding Consumer Healthcare
in the Middle East and Africa

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
CONTENTS

01

Strategic Report  
Who We Are 
Highlights of 2019 
Chairman’s Message 
Chief Executive’s Report 

02

Performance  
Financial & Operational Review 
Corporate Social Responsibility 

2
4
8
12
14

50
52
60

Our Markets 
Our Brands 
Our Services 
Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy 
Principle Risks, Uncertainties & their Mitigation 

20
30
34
38
42

03

Corporate Governance 
Board of Directors 
Corporate Governance Report 
Audit Committee Report 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors’ Report 

62
64
66
74
78
80

04

84
Financial Statements  
86
Independent Auditor’s Report 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
92
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  97

Strategic Report

 With a track record of over four decades, IDH has
 established a reputation as a trusted and quality
 provider of diagnostic tests with internationally
recognised accreditations

2 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  3

Strategic Report  //  Who We Are

Who We Are

Integrated  Diagnostics  Holdings  (“IDH,”  the 
“Group,”  or  the  “Company”)  is  a  leading  con-
sumer healthcare company in the Middle East 
and  Africa  with  operations  in  Egypt,  Jordan, 
Sudan and Nigeria.  The Group has a 40-years 
track  record  and  is  a  trusted  and  quality 
provider  of  pathology  and  radiology  services 
with 
internationally  recognised  accredita-
tions, offering a suite of over 1,400 diagnostic 
tests. As at 31 December 2019, IDH operated a 
network of 452 branches across its geographic 
footprint, deploying a CAPEX-light Hub, Spoke 
and Spike business model to fuel its continued 
expansion.  In  2019,  IDH  established  Wayak, 

an  Egypt-based  subsidiary  investing  in  data 
mining  and  artificial  intelligence  with  a  view 
to  generating  growth  opportunities  in  the 
healthcare management space.

Parallel  to  the  Group’s  continued  investment 
in  organic  growth,  IDH  also  pursues  strategic 
acquisition  opportunities 
in  new  markets 
where  it  can  leverage  its  business  model  to 
capitalise  on  similar  healthcare  and  consumer 
trends. IDH has been a Jersey-registered entity 
with a Standard Listing on the Main Market of 
the London Stock Exchange since May 2015.

+40 YEARS

track record at the 
subsidiary levels

4

7

countries across the Middle 
East & Africa

key brands with strong 
awareness in underserved 
markets

LSE

listed since May 2015

EGP2.2 bn

452

in revenue in 2019, up 16% 
on 2018

operational branches as at 
31 December 2019

OUR BRANDS
IDH’s core brands include Al Borg, Al Borg Scan and, Al Mokhtabar and Wayak in Egypt, Biolab in 
Jordan, Ultralab and Al Mokhtabar Sudan in Sudan, and Echo-Lab in Nigeria.

4 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
OUR SERVICES
Through IDH’s brands, the Group offers over 1,400 internationally accredited pathology tests rang-
ing from basic blood glucose tests for diabetes to advanced molecular testing for genetic disorders. 
IDH also offers the full suite of radiology services through Al Borg Scan in Egypt and Echo-Lab in 
Nigeria.  Additionally,  Wayak  in  Egypt  leverages  advanced  data  systems  to  provide  patients  with 
highly tailored healthcare management services.

Immunology

Microbiology

Haematology

Endocrinology

Clinical Chemistry

Molecular Biology

Cytogenetics

Histopathology

Radiology

OUR MARKETS
IDH’s  geographic  presence  includes  four  countries  across  the  Middle  East  and  Africa  including 
Egypt, Sudan, Jordan and Nigeria. These markets are underpinned by strong structural growth driv-
ers with under-penetrated and underserved diagnostic services demand. 

Egypt

Jordan

Nigeria

Sudan

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  5

Strategic Report  //  Who We Are

Our Patients
IDH  serves  two  principal  types  of  clients: 
contract  (corporate)  and  walk-in  (individuals). 
Within each of these categories, the Group also 
offers a house call service, and within the con-
tract segment, a lab-to-lab service.

IDH’s  walk-in  clients,  also  referred  to  as 
“self-payers”,  represented  40%  of  the  Group’s 
revenues, and include individuals who pay out 
of pocket in advance of tests being completed.

IDH’s contract clients, who in 2019 represented 
60% of the Group’s revenues, include institutions 
such  as  unions,  syndicates,  private  and  public 
insurance  companies,  banks  and  corporations 
who  enter  into  one-year  renewable  contracts  at 
agreed rates per-test and on a per-client basis.

An Asset-Light Business Model
IDH deploys an asset-light business model that 
enables the Group to grow in a capital-efficient 

manner.  There  are  two  strategic  components 
to  the  model,  one  of  which  is  a  “Hub,  Spoke 
and  Spike”  network  of  branch  laboratories 
that is easily scalable. The other is key supplier 
relationships  that  also  support  rapid  expan-
sion  without  the  Company  having  to  purchase 
expensive medical diagnostic equipment.

Supplier Relationships
The  operational  strength  awarded  to  IDH  by 
its  business  model  is  also  illustrated  by  its 
supplier  relationships.  The  Group’s  position  as 
the  largest  provider  of  diagnostics  services  in 
the  MENA  region  provides  it  with  significant 
bargaining power and has allowed it to success-
fully negotiate favourable contracts terms with 
its  medical  equipment  and  test  kits  suppliers. 
The  Group’s  contracts  with  its  key  suppliers  of 
medical testing kits include the provision of the 
equipment to analyse the laboratory test results. 
These  agreements  have  minimum  annual 

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

Suppliers

6 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
commitment  payments  to  cover  the  medical 
diagnostic equipment, kits and chemicals to be 
used for testing and ongoing maintenance and 
support services. 

Thanks  to  its  increasing  test  volumes,  the 
Group’s  business  size  easily  covers  these  mini-
mum  annual  commitment  payments,  while  its 
high  volume  of  kit  consumption  supports  its 
pricing  power,  thereby  reducing  the  cost  per 
test while at the same time incurring no initial 
capital outlay for the purchase of medical diag-
nostic equipment.  

Hub, Spoke and Spike
The Group’s CAP-accredited Mega Lab functions 
as its Hub and is equipped with state-of-the-art 

equipment, advanced diagnostic tools and suf-
ficient capacity to process all tests and services 
for  samples  collected  by  the  B-Labs  (Spokes) 
and C-Labs (Spikes) across four countries. IDH 
utilises  its  B-Labs  to  process  routine  test  and 
leverages their capacity to manage traffic to the 
Group’s  Mega  Lab  when  needed.  Meanwhile, 
C-Labs  or  Spikes  function  primarily  as  collec-
tion centres and most importantly increase the 
Group’s geographic reach to clients nationwide. 
This “plug and play” business model forms the 
operational  backbone  of  the  Group  and  pro-
vides  it  with  significant  leverage  in  extracting 
favourable revenue and cost synergies.

MEGA  LAB

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  7

Strategic Report  //  Highlights of 2019

 Highlights of
2019

16%

Revenue growth in 2019

Financial Highlights

   Egypt was the primary driver of 
growth during the year, recording 
an 18% year-on-year increase in 
revenue to EGP 1,903 million

Revenues

Gross Profit

increased 16% year-on-year to EGP 2,226 million in 2019, 
supported primarily by improved average pricing as well 
as higher patient and test volumes. Egypt was the primary 
driver of growth during the year, recording an 18% year-
on-year increase in revenue to EGP 1,903 million in 2019.

recorded EGP 1,084 million in 2019, up 14% year-on-year, 
with a stable gross profit margin of 49%.

Operating Profit

EBITDA*

grew  by  15%  to  EGP  791  million  in  2019  with  a  36% 
margin,  partly  supported  by  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16 
along with the release of provision related to a training 
fund  amounting  to  EGP  11.8  million.  Operating  profit 
margin remained stable versus the previous year. Oper-
ating profit was affected by losses recorded in Nigeria 
and ramp-up costs related to Wayak.

recorded  EGP  945  million  for  2019,  up  24%  against  the 
EGP  762  million  in  2018,  with  an  EBITDA  margin  42% 
versus 40% in 2018. EBITDA strength was driven by rev-
enue growth and the effect of adopting IFRS 16, which 
added EGP 68.2 million to EBITDA in 2019.

*  Consolidated  EBITDA  is  calculated  as  operating  profit  plus  depreciation  and  amortisation.  Consolidated  EBITDA  includes  negative 
contributions from its newly launched Nigerian operation which is still in the value-building phase

8 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Normalized EBITDA

Net Profit

which excludes the EGP 68.2 million related to the adoption 
of IFRS 16, reached EGP 877 million, up 15% year-on-year 
and with an EBITDA margin of 39%. Normalized EBITDA 
growth came despite the negative contribution from Nige-
ria and pre-operating expenses related to Wayak.

recorded  EGP  505  million  in  2019,  up  2%  against  2018 
and with a net profit margin of 23% versus 26% in 2018. 
Bottom-line profitability was affected by higher interest 
charges  related  to  Al  Borg  Scan  and  IDH’s  new  head-
quarters,  lower  interest  income  due  rate  cuts,  and  the 
effect of adopting of IFRS 16.

Normalized Net Profit

Earnings Per Share

Dividend

which  excludes  the  effect  of 
IFRS  16  (EGP  15.3  million), 
would  reach  EGP  520  million, 
up  5%  versus  2018  and  with  a 
23% net profit margin.

of  EGP  3.41  compared  to  EGP 
3.35 in 2018.

Due  to  the  Covid-19  pandemic  and  consequent 
uncertainty  regarding  the  macroeconomic  envi-
ronment,  the  Board  of  Directors  has  deemed  it 
more appropriate to focus on retaining resources 
and  will  thus  suspend  the  dividend  decision  till 
September  2020.  At  which  point,  further  consid-
eration will be given to developments in the global 
pandemic  and  confidence  regarding  the  Group’s 
future needs and financial outlook.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  9

Strategic Report  //  Highlights of 2019

Operational Highlights

34
new branches added in 2019 bringing the 
Group’s network to 452 branches across its 
footprint.

30.5
million tests performed across the Group in 
2019 compared to 28.8 million last year.

7.5
million patients served in across the Group 
in 2019 compared to 7.0 million last year.

Radiology
services ramp-up at Al Borg Scan with 
increasing contribution to revenue and EBITDA 
and a second branch commencing operations 
in early 2020.

Nigeria
expansion with three new Echo-Lab 
branches established during 2019, bringing 
the total number of branches in the country 
to 13. Eight of the existing branches had 
been renovated by year-end 2019.

Wayak
established as new Egyptian subsidiary in 
September 2019 with the aim of offering its 
patients healthcare management services 
such as home-delivery of medications, 
diagnostics testing reminders and referrals 
to service providers.

Revenue by Geography

% of total revenue in 2018

% of total revenue in 2019

■ Egypt
■ Jordan
■ Sudan
 Nigeria

84%
13%
2%
2%

■ Egypt
■ Jordan
■ Sudan
 Nigeria

85%
12%
2%
1%

Revenue by Type

% of total revenue in 2018

% of total revenue in 2019

■ Walk in

■ Contract

41%

59%

■ Walk in
■ Contract

40%
60%

10 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Results Summary*

Indicator

Operational

Numbers of Tests

Number of Patients

Number of Branches

Tests per Patient

Financial

Revenues

Cost of Sales

Gross Profit

Gross Profit Margin

Operating Profit

Depreciation

Depreciation on Right of Use Assets

Amortization

EBITDA1

EBITDA Margin

Units

2019

2018

Change

mn

mn

#

#

EGP mn

EGP mn

EGP mn

%

EGP mn

EGP mn

EGP mn

EGP mn

EGP mn

30.5

7.5

452

4.1

2,226

(1,143)

1,084

48.7%

791

(99)

(48)

(7)

945

28.8

7.0

418

4.1

1,921

(973)

948

6%

6%

8%

-

16%

17%

14%

49.4%

(0.7 pts)

685

(71)

-

(6)

762

15%

39%

-

17%

24%

%

42.4%

39.7%

2.7 pts

IFRS 16 adjustment on EBITDA

Normalized EBITDA2 

EGP mn

EGP mn

(68)

877

-

762

-

15%

Normalized EBITDA Margin

%

39.4%

39.7%

(0.3 pts)

Net Profit

Net Profit Margin

IFRS 16 adjustment on Net Profit

Normalized Net Profit3 

Normalized Net Profit Margin

Earnings Per Share

EGP mn

505

497

2%

%

22.7%

25.9%%

(3.2 pts)

EGP mn

EGP mn

%

EGP

15

520

23.3%

3.41

-

497

-

5%

25.9%

(2.6 pts)

3.35

2%

* Decimals are rounded to the nearest whole number.
1  Consolidated  EBITDA  is  calculated  as  operating  profit  plus  depreciation  and  amortisation.  Consolidated  EBITDA  includes  negative 
contributions from its Nigerian operation which is still in the value-building phase.
2 Normalised EBITDA is calculated as consolidated EBITDA adjusted for the effect of adopting IFRS 16.
3 Normalised Net Profit is calculated as Net Profit adjusted for the effect of adopting IFRS 16

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  11

Strategic Report  //  Chairman’s Message

 Chairman’s
Message

Lord St John of Bletso
Chairman

12 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Dear Shareholders,
We live in unprecedented times. The full global 
economic  impact  of  Covid-19  will  take  several 
quarters  to  analyse  and  digest.  Your  Company 
fortunately  has  strong  defensive  qualities  as 
well as a strong and impressive track record. 

I  am  pleased  to  report  that  we  continued  to 
deliver  impressive  growth  in  2019.  Despite 
increased competition in Egypt and challenging 
market  conditions  in  Sudan  and  Nigeria,  IDH 
maintained its competitive edge as the leading 
healthcare  provider  with  its  scalable  platform 
and value-added diagnostic services.

In 2019, we achieved a 16% growth in revenue, 
benefiting  from  our  strong  core  business,  and 
we  maintained  encouraging  gross  margins. 
The Company continued its organic expansion 
with  additional  branches  and  expanding  Al 
Borg  Scan.  We  also  restructured  the  business 
in Nigeria which will take time to mature. Your 
management  is  confident  in  the  strong  funda-
mentals  of  IDH’s  markets  and  we  are  commit-
ted to driving growth through these expansions.

A  key  development  during  2019  was  the  open-
ing of IDH’s new headquarters in Smart Village 
on the West side of Cairo. This brought the IDH 
family  together  and  has  boosted  productivity, 
efficiency and morale.

IDH is growing its regional footprint and work-
ing to further strengthen its competitive advan-
tage  by  offering  patients  value  propositions 

 
 
 
 Your Company is cognizant and committed to
 our ESG policy and responsibilities promoting
 gender equality, increased training programs
 and following best practices on transparency,
accountability and good governance

IDH’s success relies on the dedication and hard 
work  of  its  senior  management  team,  and  we 
constantly  review  our  KPIs  and  remuneration 
policy to retain and promote talent. We are also 
cognizant of succession planning.

Your  Company  continues  to  enjoy  strong 
organic  growth  momentum  and  is  constantly 
evaluating potential M&A opportunities in the 
Middle East and Africa to further accelerate this 
trajectory.

We  are  grateful  to  the  loyalty  and  support  of 
our  shareholders.  At  a  time  of  volatility  in  the 
listed  healthcare  sector,  your  Company  is  well 
positioned to maintain growth and profitability 
in an increasingly competitive landscape.

Lord St John of Bletso
Chairman

that increase retention rates and safeguard our 
Company’s leading market position.

Apart  from  the  immediate  challenges  for 
global  businesses  with  the  Covid-19  threat, 
Egypt has experienced a more stable economic 
and political environment in the last year with 
a  strengthening  pound  and  a  commitment  by 
the Government to promote proactive health-
care services.

We  are  also  seeing  a  gradual  improvement  in 
Sudan, where our business remains stable after 
a year of significant political transition, and we 
are particularly pleased with Jordan, which has 
been a solid and growing business.

Your  Company  is  cognizant  and  committed  to 
our  ESG  policy  and  responsibilities  promoting 
gender  equality,  increased  training  programs 
and  following  best  practices  on  transparency, 
accountability and good governance.

Management  regularly  updates  and  monitors 
our risk matrix and heat map to ensure we have 
all  the  right  checks  and  balances  in  place  and 
ensuring business continuity processes.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  //  Chief Executive’s Report

 Chief Executive’s
Report

Before unpacking our performance in 2019, I note 
that as of this writing, the novel coronavirus that 
causes  the  covid-19  illness  continued  to  spread 
across  the  globe  including  in  our  markets.  This 
pandemic  has  pushed  governments,  businesses 
and communities to adopt unprecedented mitiga-
tion efforts to control the spread of the disease. As 
a healthcare business, IDH has a role to play in our 
community  —  and  an  equally  important  role  to 
play  in  keeping  our  staff  safe  as  we  navigate  this 
new normal and ensure business continuity.

We have thus prepared a Crisis Management Plan 
(CMP)  outlining  measures  to  mitigate  the  risks 
posed by the pandemic, with a focus on strength-
ening our health and safety protocols, maintaining 
compliance and efficient stakeholder communica-
tion,  assessing  business  strengths  and  financial 
resilience and running stress tests to better ascer-
tain  the    financial  impact  on  IDH  under  rapidly 
evolving scenarios. Our primary goal is to ensure 
safe continuity of business activities and keeping 
critical  functions  running.  The  CMP  is  regularly 
reviewed and updated by a specialized crisis com-
mittee that is responsible for daily monitoring of 
the situation across our footprint and ensuring our 
organization is prepared for any eventualities. 

As of date, the health ministry in Egypt has made 
testing for the SARS CoV-2 the exclusive responsi-
bility  of  state-owned  laboratories.  Were  we  to  be 
called  by  the  national  health  authority  to  assist 
with  testing,  we  stand  ready  with  the  necessary 
systems and having reviewed our risk matrix and 
our  staff  are  trained  on  how  to  safely  administer 
the  test.  Whilst  there  is  a  nationwide  nighttime 
curfew in Egypt, our branches continue to operate 
and we are offering free house visits by phleboto-
mist to encourage patients to stay home. 

Dr. Hend El-Sherbini
Chief Executive Officer

 As a healthcare business, IDH has a
 role to play in our community — and
 an equally important role to play in
 keeping our staff safe as we navigate
 this new normal and ensure business
 continuity

14 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
In  Jordan,  a  complete  nationwide  lockdown  had 
initially  seen  17  of  our  19  Biolab  branches  shut-
down, however, as of date 17 of our branches are 
fully operational, with only two branches located 
within shopping centres remaining closed. We are 
also currently conducting testing for SARS CoV-2 
at  one  location  in  Jordan.  In  Nigeria,  covid-19 
cases  remain  few  according  to  official  numbers 
and all our branches continue to operate despite 
the complete lockdown in the country. Finally, in 
Sudan, the government has imposed a curfew and 
we are currently operating with four branches. 

As  we  continue  to  operate  across  our  footprint, 
our  primary  focus  is  to  ensure  staff  and  patient 
safety  and  to  mitigate  the  risk  of  disease  spread. 
Key health and safety measures include:
•  All of our staff use appropriate protective equip-
ment when interacting with patients, including 
those suspected of having covid-19 or any other 
infectious disease. We maintain a robust stock 
of protective equipment to ward against supply-
chain risk.

•  All  of  our  frontline  staff  are  trained  on  proce-
dures  for  interacting  with  patients  suspected 
of  carrying  covid-19  or  any  other  communi-
cable disease. Managers regularly review these 
procedures  with  their  teams  and  a  refresher 
has been disseminated to all employees. These 
procedures  include  steps  that  are  taken  to  (a) 
protect our staff and (b) protect other patients 
presenting at our clinics for testing. 

•  Daily  temperature  check  conducted  for  all 
employees and visitors at the headquarters and 
the Mega Lab. 

•  The Mega Lab and branch employees are split 
into  two  alternating  groups  for  two  continu-
ous weeks. In case of infection, the Mega Lab/
branch  will  undergo  a  complete  sterilization, 

and the off duty group will be called on to re-
sume work the following day. 

•  Our team have a protocol for referring patients 
they suspect may carry covid-19 to the nearest 
state lab for testing.

•  We are prepared with standard operating pro-
cedures for SARS CoV-2 testing in the event that 
we are asked by a competent health authority to 
participate in testing efforts.

•  All  staff  who  may  come  into  contact  with  a 
covid-19 patient are given a 14-day home leave 
and are monitored carefully. 

•  All members of our team are subject to regular 
messages  reminding  them  that  they  may  not 
report to work if they have symptoms of a co-
vid-19 infection.

•  Headquarters  employees  have  alternating  at-
tendance,  meetings  are  conducted  virtually, 
and remote work is encourage where possible. 
•  Weekly attendance plan is prepared and imple-
mented by each department for all employees, 
ensuring a minimum labor force and separate 
teams to limit interactions.

On  the  business  continuity  front,  we  have  out-
lined  measures  to  ensure  preparedness  in  the 
case  of  a  complete  lockdown  in  Egypt  which 
would  require  headquarter  employees  to  work 
from home. Currently, our headquarters is oper-
ating with a 50% employee capacity and we have 
tested the tools and IT infrastructure – including 
Customer  Relationship  Management,  Labora-
tory Management Systems and SAP – to allow for 
stable and remote day-to-day operations. These 
measures extend across all functions, including 
our  marketing  activities  and  relevant  digital 
media  campaigns  to  maintain  and  strengthen 
customer relationships. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  15

Strategic Report  // Chief Executive’s Report

IDH  is  also  in  constant  communication  with  all 
its key suppliers to mitigate against supply chain 
disruptions,  with  daily  monitoring  of  kit  use  and 
raw materials.  As at 31 March 2020, our average 
testing kit stock covers three months of operation 
(with  the  exception  of  short  shelf  life  kits  which 
constitute  c.10%  of  total  number  of  kits).  We  are 
therefore covered through to July 2020 and we have 
placed a new order for a further three-month sup-
ply, which is expected to be delivered in April 2020 
and would extend coverage to September 2020.

Most  importantly,  we  are  ensuring  prudent  cash 
management  and  preparing  for  changes  in  our 
cash  conversion  cycle.  Management  is  continu-
ously monitoring our short-term liquidity position, 
including daily revenue, debt retirement schedules 
and covenants. IDH’s strong liquidity position and 
underleverage  balance  sheet  places  us  in  a  very 
resilient  position,  and  we  are  actively  working  to 
preserve this position through cost discipline and 
a reduction of non-critical uses of cash such as in 
training, CAPEX and marketing. 

The  strength  of  our  position  in  the  face  of  these 
unprecedent challenges is thanks to IDH’s long track 
record of growth and prudent financial policies, and 
I am pleased to report that our performance in 2019 
was  no  different.  The  Group’s  results  for  the  year 
reflect the defensive nature of our business and the 
strength of our market position. 

Resilient Growth and Operational 
Performance
Against  a  backdrop  of  sluggish  consumer  spend-
ing  in  our  primary  market  of  Egypt,  along  with 
political and economic challenges in Sudan, IDH 
delivered  16%  growth  in  its  top  line  while  main-
taining  a  normalized  EBITDA1  margin  at  39%. 
IDH’s strong brand equity and its comprehensive 
suite  of  diagnostic  services  allowed  us  to  attract 
a  growing  number  of  patients  in  2019,  with  con-
sumer loyalty remaining intact amidst a multitude 
of  forces  weighing  down  on  their  purchasing 
power, including the cumulative impact of subsidy 
cuts,  higher  energy  prices,  erosion  of  disposable 
income, higher taxes and runaway inflation since 
the float of Egyptian pound in late 2016.

Alongside strong organic growth of our business, 
our Group in 2019 also continued to make head-
way on its strategic initiatives. We have ramped-up 
operations at Al-Borg Scan, our new radiology unit 
in  Egypt,  which  is  increasingly  contributing  to 
revenue and EBITDA; and we are witnessing good 
momentum in volumes in Nigeria as we continue 
renovating  and  expanding  our  branch  network 
while  deploying  new  state-of-the-art  equipment. 
While  these  expansions  have  weighed  down  the 
Group’s consolidated net profit, we expect Al Borg 
Scan and Nigeria to turn to bottom-line profitabil-
ity in the near term. 

IDH  recorded  revenue  of  EGP  2,226  million  in 
2019,  a  16%  increase  over  the  EGP  1,921  million 
recorded in the previous year, with growth being 
primarily  driven  by  improved  pricing  and  test 
mix  as  well  as  higher  volumes  during  the  year. 
Stronger  pricing  delivered  11  percentage  points 
of the Group’s growth in 2019, in step with average 
inflation rates, while higher volumes contributed 
6 percentage points. IDH recorded a 6% increase 
in both number of patients served, and tests per-
formed, closing the year with 7.5 million patients 
and over 30.5 million completed tests. Meanwhile, 
one percentage point of the Group’s local-currency 
growth was lost to currency translation on account 
of the Egyptian pound’s appreciation.

Our  contract  segment  reported  a  17%  year-on-
year increase in revenue in 2019, making up 60% 
of  the  Group’s  top-line  and  contributing  circa  10 
percentage points to total growth. The segment’s 
performance  was  driven  by  a  higher  number  of 
patients  served  (+7%  compared  to  2018)  as  well 
as improved pricing, which drove average revenue 
per  patient  up  9%.  On  the  other  hand,  walk-in 
revenues  grew  15%  in  2019,  similarly  driven  by 
growing number of patients during the year (+4%) 
along with better pricing leading to a 10% increase 
in average revenue per patient.

Our  ability  to  absorb  higher  volumes  and  capture 
resilient demand for our services is underpinned by 
IDH’s continued investment in its geographic foot-
print. In 2019, our Group has opened 33 labs in Egypt 
and three in Nigeria, while closing two unprofitable 

1 Normalised EBITDA is calculated as consolidated EBITDA adjusted for the effect of adopting IFRS 16.

16 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
branches  in  Sudan,  leaving  us  with  a  branch  net-
work  of  452  locations  as  at  year-end,  up  from  the 
418  branches  operated  as  at  31  December  2018. 
IDH’s Egyptian expansion drive continues to be sup-
ported  by  its  state-of-the-art,  College  of  American 
Pathology-accredited Mega Lab, which is the back-
bone of our “Hub, Spoke and Spike” business model. 
IDH’s Mega Lab is the sole CAP-accredited facility in 
Egypt, deploying the most advanced technology to 
run more than 20,000 tests per hour. The facility also 
provides a leading clinical trials laboratory service, 
helping biopharmaceutical and diagnostics custom-
ers develop new medical insights.

Regionally,  our  Group  witnessed  strong  and 
improving  performance  in  2019  across  our  core 
businesses in Egypt, Jordan and Sudan.

In  Egypt,  revenue  grew  18%  year-on-year  to  EGP 
1,903 million and continued to make up the largest 
share  of  both  the  Group’s  consolidated  revenue 
and total revenue growth for the year. Egypt’s per-
formance continued to be driven by the market’s 
strong fundamentals and rising healthcare aware-
ness.  In  that  regard,  I  am  particularly  pleased 
with  our  subsidiaries’  participation  in  the  state-
sponsored  100  Million  Healthy  Lives  campaign, 
which ran from November 2018 through June 2019 
with  the  aim  of  eradicating  Hepatitis  C  in  Egypt 
through testing of asymptomatic people. Our par-
ticipation in national health awareness campaigns 
is  a  natural  outgrowth  of  our  responsibilities  as 
a  healthcare  provider  and  we  are  proud  to  have 
helped  the  250,000  people  who  walked  through 
our doors under the campaign’s umbrella to lead 
better and healthier lives.

I am also pleased with the Group’s performance in 
Jordan,  where  we  delivered  growth  despite  exog-
enous factors including austerity measures and a 
decade-long price freeze maintained by the regula-
tor. Biolab was successful in growing patient and 
test volumes to deliver a 6% increase in revenue to 
EGP 257 million for the year (+12% in JOD terms), 
while  cost  efficiencies  are  yielding  substantial 
improvements  in  profitability.  Jordan’s  EBITDA 
grew by a sharp 74% year-on-year in 2019 to EGP 
90  million,  and  its  EBITDA  margin  expanded  6 

percentage  points  to  27%  when  normalizing  for 
the positive impact of IFRS 16.

In Sudan, despite nationwide protests last year that 
culminated in significant political change and the 
continued impact of a sharp currency devaluation 
that began in 2018, we were successful in growing 
patient  numbers  and  passing  on  price  increases 
in step with inflationary pressures. The results are 
clear with revenue in local-currency (SDG) terms 
recording  a  strong  64%  increase,  while  in  EGP 
terms the geography delivered a 4% increase in the 
top-line to EGP 37 million, the first year-on-year 
growth since 2017. Moreover, Sudan’s profitability 
improved  at  the  gross  profit  and  EBITDA  levels 
owing to a turnaround in revenue and following 
staff localization efforts to lower foreign currency-
denominated salaries.

At the holding level, the Group’s gross profitability 
remained  intact  with  gross  profit  for  the  year 
increasing  14%  over  2018;  we  also  maintained  a 
healthy gross profit margin of 49%. This is a direct 
consequence of management’s focus on increasing 
operational efficiency and on cost-reduction initia-
tives throughout the year. As such, our raw materi-
als cost as a percentage of sales has decreased to 
18.3% in 2019, down from last year’s 19.3%. EBITDA 
grew  24%  to  EGP  945  million  with  an  EBITDA 
margin  of  42%  (2018:  40%),  partly  owing  to  the 
adoption  of  IFRS  16  which  added  EGP  68.2  mil-
lion  to  EBITDA  in  2019.  Nonetheless,  normalized 
EBITDA1  increased 15% year-on-year, and normal-
ized  EBITDA  margin  was  largely  stable  year-on-
year despite the negative contribution for Nigeria, 
which incurred increased ramp-up costs and lower 
capacity as branch renovations took place.

The  Group  recorded  a  2%  year-on-year  increase 
in  net  profit  to  EGP  505  million  in  2019,  with 
net  profit  margin  at  23%,  partly  affected  by  the 
adoption of IFRS 16. When excluding the effect of 
applying IFRS 16, normalised net profit for the year 
would reach EGP 520 million, up 5% year-on-year. 
A  detailed  breakdown  of  the  effects  of  adopting 
IFRS 16 is provided in the Performance section of 
this report on pages 50 – 61. Our bottom-line prof-
itability was affected by higher net interest charges 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  17

Strategic Report  //  Chief Executive’s Report

related to Al Borg Scan and IDH’s new headquar-
ters and lower interest income due to rate cuts.

Growth in Nigeria
IDH  pressed  on  with  its  value-building  program 
in  Nigeria  during  2019,  including  refurbishment 
of  existing  Echo-Lab  branches  and  the  rollout  of 
new locations. As of year-end, we had completed 
renovations at eight out of our current 13 branches 
in the geography, as well as inaugurating two new 
locations in Victoria Island and Akowonjo.

Despite  rotating  downtime  during  the  upgrade 
period, we are witnessing strong volume growth: 
number of tests was up by 38% in 2019 compared 
to the previous year, and patient numbers rose 8% 
year-on-year. This growth is being driven by Echo-
Lab’s strengthening position in the market with a 
growing  reputation  as  a  quality  provider  of  diag-
nostic services with new state-of-the-art radiology 
equipment.  IDH  recently  installed  new  radiology 
equipment at Echo-Lab, including magnetic reso-
nance imaging (MRI) and computed tomography 
scan (CT) that started operation in the second half 
of  2019.  Echo-Lab  is  also  implementing  market-
ing  and  business  development  activities  to  drive 
higher  volumes,  with  a  key  focus  on  engaging 
with corporate clients as well as targeting doctor 
forums to build referral networks.

We have also completed the deployment at Echo-
Lab  of  the  Group’s  Laboratory  Information  Sys-
tems (LIS) and its System Application and Product 
(SAP) platform and expanded our Nigerian subsid-
iary’s range of diagnostic testing by sending select 
samples  to  our  Mega  Lab  in  Egypt.  Most  impor-
tantly,  IDH  continues  to  train  Echo-Lab  staff  on 
quality  standards  and  procedures,  supported  by 
strong commitments to training and development 
of  operational  staff  as  well  as  the  recruitment  of 
new  management  to  help  deliver  on  its  strategic 
goals for the geography.

Our efforts to ramp up operations in Nigeria and 
improve Echo-Lab’s service offering are beginning 
to reflect on the geography’s performance, with rev-
enues in NGN terms recording a 23% year-on-year 

increase. However, the Egyptian pound’s apprecia-
tion during 2019 saw revenue remain flat year-on-
year  at  EGP  30  million  when  translated  into  our 
consolidated financial statements.

Ramp up at Al Borg Scan
The Group’s first full-fledged radiology branch in 
Egypt  began  operations  in  October  2018  under 
the  Al  Borg  Scan  brand  and  has  since  been 
delivering  a  promising  growth  trajectory  with 
strong  profitability.  The  sole  branch’s  first  full 
year of operations saw it record EGP 14 million 
in revenue for 2019, contributing one percentage 
point to IDH’s 16% consolidated revenue growth 
in 2019. I am also pleased to report that with only 
one operational branch thus far, Al Borg Scan is 
an  EBITDA  positive  operation  having  recorded 
EGP 1.8 million in 2019.

Throughout  the  year,  Al  Borg  Scan  served  more 
than  19,000  patients  and  conducted  over  27,000 
tests, including 4,000 CT scans, 4.8 thousand MRIs 
and 6.8 thousand x-rays. The branch is attracting 
patients  through  various  corporate  accounts, 
physicians  and  by  leveraging  the  strong  relation-
ship between the Al Borg brand and its millions of 
customers.  Our  high-quality  offering  is  delivered 
by  state-of-the-art  technology  supplied  by  global 
brand  names  including  Siemens,  Hitachi  and  GE 
Healthcare,  and  a  highly  trained  staff  of  radiolo-
gists, technicians and front office personnel.

We anticipate significant growth at Al Borg Scan as 
we continue with our branch rollout plan, starting 
with a second location in Cairo set to commence 
operations in early 2020. Our expansion into this 
adjacent,  high-value  segment  will  continue  to 
be  supported  by  strong  marketing  campaigns, 
capitalizing on Al Borg’s strong brand equity and 
in  tune  with  the  Group’s  overarching  strategy  of 
raising healthcare awareness.

Our Commitment to our 
Stakeholders
As a woman-led business offering quality, afford-
able consumer healthcare solutions for millions 
of people across Africa and the Middle East, IDH 

18 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
has long taken into account what it means to be 
a  good  corporate  citizen.  This  starts  with  our 
prime  motivator:  To  leave  the  communities  in 
which  we  do  business  healthier  than  we  found 
them  by  ensuring  everyone  has  the  tools  they 
need to take charge of their health. 

Our  team,  more  than  30%  of  which  are  women, 
pride  themselves  on  their  support  of  national 
healthcare  campaigns  that  expand  access  to 
affordable  healthcare,  including  most  recently 
the c. 2.4 million tests we completed for the 100 
Million Healthy Lives campaign in Egypt. And we 
continue to run awareness campaigns for patients 
suffering  from  treatable  chronic  conditions  that 
impact patients’ health and quality of life. 

It  is  against  this  backdrop  that  I  welcome  the 
growing  calls  in  the  investment  community  for 
more  reporting  on  environmental,  social  and 
governance  (ESG)  issues  —  and  for  real-world 
policies that drive improvement in key matrixes. 

Since  we  went  public  on  the  London  Stock 
Exchange,  we  have  been  governed  by  a  world-
class  Board  of  Directors  made  of  up  majority 
independent,  non-executive  directors  and 
backed  up  by  a  robust  policy  framework.  And 
by  the  nature  of  our  business,  IDH  has  both  a 
low environmental footprint compared to many 
enterprises and a high social impact. 

I  am,  however,  very  cognizant  that  there  is 
much  more  to  do.  Late  in  2019,  our  manage-
ment team began laying the groundwork for an 
ESG review that will result in both the creation 
of  our  first  ESG  policy,  in  our  establishing  a 
matrix of responsibility for  key indicators, and 
in  our  regular  reporting  on  these  indicators 
before the end of 2020. 

In doing so, we aim to tell a story that emphasizes 
where  we  have  room  for  improvement  —  and 
that clearly outlines the benefits IDH delivers to 
patients, to our employees and the communities 
in which we are privileged to operate.

Proposed Dividend and Dividend 
Policy
Whilst  we  maintain  our  long-term  dividend 
policy  that  sees  us  return  to  shareholders  the 
maximum  amount  of  excess  cash  after  taking 
careful  account  of  the  cash  needed  to  support 
operations and expansions, our Board of Direc-
tors  will  postpone  the  dividend  decision  in 
light  of  the  current  situation  and  uncertainty 
surrounding  the  covid-19  pandemic.  We  will 
review  the  situation  in  our  upcoming  Board 
meeting  in  September  and  assess  the  Group’s 
cash  position  at  the  time  before  a  decision  is 
made and a distribution date is set.

2020 Outlook
We  remain  fundamentally  optimistic  about  the 
outlook for our businesses following the resolu-
tion of the covid-19 crisis. Egypt is (and for the 
foreseeable future will remain) our largest busi-
ness,  with  key  long-term  growth  drivers  unaf-
fected  by  current  events.  Regionally,  we  expect 
continued growth in Jordan, which enjoys some 
of the most modern health care infrastructure in 
the Middle East and where strong fundamentals 
have allowed IDH to deliver growth despite strict 
price regulation. I am also increasingly confident 
in the growth prospects of our business in Sudan, 
where  increasing  stability  supports  growth  in 
number  of  patients  and  test  volumes  and  with 
it  improved  financial  performance.  In  Nigeria, 
we  will  continue  to  focus  on  implementing  our 
value-building phase.

In short, we believe the business is well served by 
strong  market  positions,  supporting  macroeco-
nomic and industry trends over the long-term, an 
expanding  services  portfolio,  and  clearly  defined 
strategies  that  will  allow  us  to  deliver  consistent 
growth once the current global crisis resolves.

Dr. Hend El-Sherbini
Chief Executive Officer

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  19

 
Strategic Report  //  Our Markets

Our
Markets

Key Market Dynamics
IDH  operates  across  emerging  markets  that 
share  key  dynamics  different  from  those  in 
Western  healthcare  sectors.  General  practitio-
ners  (also  referred  to  as  family  medicine  prac-
titioners or primary care specialists) are rare in 
these  emerging  markets  and  are,  accordingly, 
not  the  gatekeepers  through  which  patients 
access primary or specialist care.

In emerging markets, a patient may seek medical 
care either through a hospital outpatient clinic 
or  emergency  room,  attending  a  polyclinic  or 
directly seeking the services of a specialist physi-
cian. Physicians ordering diagnostic testing may 
recommend  that  the  patient  complete  these 
tests at a specific service provider, but patients 
enjoy a high degree of freedom in choosing the 
service provider they attend based on perceived 
quality and pricing or on insurance or corporate 
arrangements. Walk-in patients (also referred to 
as “self-payers”) pay out of pocket in advance of 
the tests being completed.

Patients  then  typically  obtain  test  results  in 
person  (often  with  an  accompanying  report 
from  a  pathologist,  geneticist,  radiologist  or 
other  specialist)  and  return  with  the  results  to 
the physician who requested the tests in the first 
instance. It is noteworthy that IDH has the ability 
to deliver test results to patients on the same day 
electronically as well as via a mobile app.

IDH accordingly engages in sales and marketing 
activities that separately target:
•  Physicians:  through  direct  sales  visits  to 
individual  practitioners,  periodic  gatherings 
for physicians within a speciality, promotional 
giveaways as well as discount cards for physi-
cians and their families, incentive-based phy-
sician  loyalty  programs  and  the  organisation 
or sponsorship of conferences;

•  Walk-in  Patients:  through  social  media 
channels,  mass-market  and  targeted  health 
awareness  campaigns,  outdoor  advertising, 
television, radio and online advertising; and;
•  Corporate Patients: through direct outreach 

to insurers and employers.

452

Branches as at 
31 December 2019

4

Geographies where the Group 
Operates

20 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Barriers to Market Entry

Accreditation of Facilities
Attracting contract clients requires 
accredited, high-quality testing 
capabilities. 

Brand Equity and Reputation
Patients are loyal to leading brands with a 
strong track record.

Market Reach
Fragmented market necessitates a wide 
geographic presence to allow for broad 
customer reach.

Relationship with Key Stakeholders
Building a scalable platform requires strong 
relationship with stakeholders such as 
physicians, patients and hospitals.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  21

Strategic Report  //  Our Markets

Egypt

The Egyptian diagnostics industry enjoys pow-
erful  structural  growth  drivers.  With  a  popu-
lation  of  over  100  million,  Egypt  is  the  most 
populous  country  in  the  Middle  East  North 
Africa  (“MENA”)  region  and  hosts  a  significant 
population  of  elderly  people.  The  population 
is  marked  by  a  rising  prevalence  of  diseases, 
including  communicable  and  non-communi-
cable  diseases,  tropical  diseases,  and  lifestyle 
diseases such as diabetes. The government has 
adopted  a  strategy  to  increase  awareness  on 
the  importance  of  diagnostic  testing  in  pre-
ventative  healthcare,  supporting  the  growth 
in  laboratory  diagnostics  as  a  tool  in  clinical 
practice. Most recently, the government spon-
sored the nationwide 100 Million Healthy Lives 
campaign with the aim of eradicating hepatitis 
C  in  Egypt.  The  campaign  ran  from  November 
2018 through June 2019 with diagnostic testing 
targeting 50 million citizens. Following its suc-
cess,  the  government  launched  a  new  aware-
ness  campaign  in  July  2019  targeting  women 
and  the  early  detection  of  breast  cancer  with 
diagnostic testing.    

The  Egyptian  diagnostic  market  can  be  broadly 
divided into public and private sector infrastruc-
ture, with the latter including both labs attached 
to private hospitals and independent standalone 
labs  (chains  and  single  labs).  Most  labs  in  Egypt 
are  concentrated  in  big  cities,  with  substantial 
room to increase accessibility across the country’s 
27 governorates for greater coverage of the popu-
lation.  The  corporate  market  is  emerging  as  a 
driver for diagnostic services, as more companies 
offer healthcare coverage to their employees.

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2019

85.5%

IDH  is  in  a  strong  competitive  position  in  the 
Egyptian  diagnostic  industry,  having  created 
formidable  barriers  to  entry  with  its  40-year 
track record, trusted brands, scalable business 
model and network of 399 branch labs at year-
end 2019.  According to the Boston Consulting 
Group (BCG), IDH is the largest fully integrated 
private sector diagnostics service provider, with 
more than 50% share by revenue of the private 
chain market in Egypt.

Operational Highlights
Revenues  in  Egypt  increased  18%  y-o-y  to 
EGP  1,903  million  in  2019,  with  growth  being 
driven  by  favourable  pricing  across  both  the 
walk  in  and  contract  segments  and  higher 
test  volumes.  The  number  of  total  patients 
served  and  of  tests  performed  increased  6% 
y-o-y,  with  the  first  reaching  6.9  million  and 
the  latter  recording  27.9  million  for  the  year. 
Egypt’s  performance  was  further  buoyed  by 

22 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
EGP1,903mn

Revenues in 2019, up 18% y-o-y

the  ramp  up  of  operations  at  the  new  Al  Borg 
Scan branch – the Group’s radiology unit – with 
the  sole  operational  branch  recording  EGP  14 
million  in  revenues  in  2019,  making  up  1%  of 
Egypt’s total revenue for the year. Operations in 
Egypt contributed 93% of the Group’s EBITDA, 
with  EBITDA  margin  remaining  stable  at  46% 
in 2019 including the positive effect of adopting 
IFRS 16. For a detailed breakdown of the effect 
of  adopting  IFRS  16  on  Egypt’s  EBITDA  please 
refer to the Performance section  of this  report 
on pages 50 – 61.

A  key  development  in  Egypt  included  the 
launch of the government-sponsored 100 Mil-
lion Healthy Lives awareness campaign, which 
ran  from  November  2018  through  June  2019. 
This was the largest health campaign under the 
directive of the Egyptian President Abdel-Fat-
tah  El-Sisi,  which  aims  to  eradicate  hepatitis 
C across Egypt as part of the administration’s 

   Egypt’s performance was 
buoyed by the ramp up of 
operations at the new Al 
Borg Scan branch

strategic 2020 plan. The campaign also aims to 
stymie the growth of chronic diseases such as 
high blood pressure, diabetes and obesity. The 
campaign  contributed  to  higher  volumes  for 
IDH  during  2019,  with  224  thousand  patients 
served and c.2.4 million tests performed. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  23

Strategic Report  //  Our Markets

Jordan

Jordan  has  one  of  the  most  modern  health 
care  infrastructures  in  the  Middle  East,  with 
services highly concentrated in Amman and c. 
70%  of  Jordanians  having  medical  insurance. 
The  strong  fundamentals  of  the  Jordanian 
market  have  allowed  IDH  to  deliver  consis-
tent  growth  despite  strict  price  regulation 
on  medical  laboratories  with  a  set  price  list 
that has not changed since its issuance by the 
Jordanian  Ministry  of  Health  in  2008.    Biolab 
has thus focused on driving volume growth in 
the market, deploying strategies to expand its 
services  portfolio  and  packages  that  encour-
age increased testing per patient. 

Unlike  Al  Borg  and  Al  Mokhtabar  in  Egypt, 
Biolab does not operate a Hub, Spoke and Spike 
business model. Whilst Biolab’s 19 central labs 
perform  many  of  the  1,000+  pathology  tests 
offered,  four  that  are  considered  specialty  labs 
perform  particular  types  of  tests  including, 
but  not  limited  to,  haematology,  endocrinol-
ogy,  immunochemistry,  parasitology,  oncology, 
transfusion  medicine,  molecular  genetics  and 
antenatal  diagnostics  and  gene  sequencing. 
Furthermore, Biolab does not share purchasing, 
supply and logistics, IT, marketing or sales func-
tions with its Egyptian parent company. 

During  2019  Biolab  followed  through  with  its 
agreement  with  Georgia  Healthcare  Group 
PLC  (GHG)  to  establish  a  Mega  Laboratory 
(Mega  Lab)  in  the  Georgian  capital  of  Tbilisi. 
The  7,500  square  meter,  multi-disciplinary 
Mega Lab is the largest of its kind in Georgia. 

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2019

11.5%

In  exchange  for  providing  information  tech-
nology and management services, Biolab holds 
an 8.025% equity stake in the Mega Lab project 
and  receives  annual  IT  support  services  fees 
for  a  period  of  10  years  and  annual  manage-
ment service fees for a period of two years. 

The  Mega  Lab  is  integrating  with  GHG’s  net-
work,  with  49  locations  installing  the  lab’s 
Laboratory Information Managements Systems 
(LIMS),  and  the  facility  currently  serving  21 
branches,  43  polyclinics  and  6  hospitals.  Ini-
tially  serving  GHG’s  network,  that  is  expected 
to  utilize  one-third  of  the  facility’s  capacity, 
the  Mega  Lab  plans  to  develop  a  B2B  network 
of  healthcare  providers  outside  the  Group  to 
reach full utilization.

24 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
EGP257mn 

Revenues in 2019, up 6% y-o-y

Operational Highlights
Consumers in Jordan continued to adjust to pres-
sures  related  to  the  government’s  austerity  mea-
sures, including an increase in income tax rates by 
1%, with IDH recording revenues of EGP 257 mil-
lion in 2019, a 6% y-o-y rise (up 12% in JOD terms). 
Biolab,  the  Group’s  Jordanian  subsidiary,  served 
311  thousand  patients  in  2019,  a  12%  increase 
y-o-y,  while  the  total  number  of  tests  performed 
also  increased  12%  y-o-y  during  the  year.  Biolab 
reported an impressive 74% increase in EBITDA to 
EGP 90 million for 2019 on the back of raw material 
cost  optimization  and  cost  saving  efforts,  along 
with  the  returns  from  the  Georgia  investment. 
EBITDA  margin  increased  to  35%  (27%  when 
excluding  IFRS  16)  compared  to  21%  recorded  in 
2018. Should we exclude the effect of IFRS 16, the 
EBTDA  margin  of  2019  would  have  reached  27%. 
For a detailed breakdown of the effect of adopting 
IFRS  16  on  Jordan’s  EBITDA  please  refer  to  the 
Performance section of this report on pages 50 – 61. 

   Biolab reported an impressive 
74% increase in EBITDA to EGP 
90 million for 2019

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  25

Strategic Report  //  Our Markets

Sudan

Sudan’s  economic  backdrop  continued  to  be 
affected by the social conflict and civil unrest 
which  has  endured  since  the  2011  secession 
of South Sudan, and subsequent loss of c.75% 
of oil production. These events have hindered 
the  country’s  economic  growth,  deprived  it 
of  its  major  foreign  currency  sources  which 
culminated  in  a  severe  currency  devaluation 
in  2018  with  the  Sudanese  Pound  lose  c.85% 
of its value. During 2019, economic hardships 
and political unrest led to month-long protests 
early in the year and the removal of long-time 
president Omar Al-Bashir in April 2019. While 
the  forging  of  a  sovereign  council  of  civilian 
and military representative to manage a tran-
sitional  period  has  brought  fragile  stability  in 
recent months, management is carefully moni-
toring the situation  and  developments on the 
ground in relation to IDH’s business. 

IDH  operates  under  two  brand  names  in 
Sudan,  Ultralab  and  Al  Mokhtabar  Sudan.  Al 
Borg  acquired  a  majority  interest  in  Ultralabs 
in 2011, whilst Al Mokhtabar Sudan had been 
established in 2010 prior to the Group’s acqui-
sition of Al Mokhtabar in Egypt.

Operational Highlights
Despite  nationwide  protest  in  Sudan  and  civil 
unrest affecting patient and test volumes at IDH, 
the  diagnostic  industry  is  relatively  immune 

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2019

1.7%

given  the  inelastic  demand  for  healthcare  ser-
vices.  Additionally,  IDH  has  been  successful  in 
offsetting the effect of lower volumes due to pro-
test with higher pricing. Consequently, revenues 
in Sudan recorded a 4% increase in 2019 to EGP 
37 million, the first year-on-year increase in EGP 
terms since 2017 and the sharp currency devalu-
ation.  IDH’s  repricing  efforts  are  more  evident 
in  SDG  terms  where  revenue  recorded  a  strong 
64%  increase,  primarily  driven  by  the  walk-in 
segment.  It  should  also  be  noted  that  with 
increased  political  stability,  test  volumes  began 
to  recover  starting  September  2019.  Sudan’s 
EBITDA  recorded  EGP  7.5  million,  up  from  the 
negative  EGP  2.6  million  figure  recorded  last 
year.  EBITDA  margin  stood  at  20%  (15%  when 

26 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
EGP37mn

Revenues in 2019, up 4% y-o-y

excluding IFRS 16) compared to the negative 7% 
margin recorded in 2018. Improved profitability 
was driven by strong revenue growth toward the 
second half of the year as well lower salaries after 
IDH  replaced  Egyptian  expatriates  with  Suda-
nese employees. For a detailed breakdown of the 
effect  of  adopting  IFRS  16  on  Sudan’s  EBITDA 
please  refer  to  the  Performance  section  of  this 
report on pages 50 – 61.  

   Sudan recorded the first year-
on-year revenue increase in EGP 
terms since 2017 and the sharp 
currency devaluation

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  27

Strategic Report  //  Our Markets

Nigeria

IDH’s  operations  in  Nigeria  commenced  in 
February  2018  following  its  acquisition  of 
Eagle  Eye  Echo-Scan  Limited  (“Echo-Scan”) 
through  a  strategic  alliance  with  Man  Capi-
tal  LLC  (“Man  Capital”),  the  London-based 
investment arm of the Mansour Group, called 
Dynasty  Holding  Group  (“Dynasty”),  which 
is 51%  owned and controlled  by  IDH. In  turn, 
Dynasty  partnered  with  the  International 
Finance  Corporation  (“IFC”)  and  invested  in 
Echo-Scan  (since  rebranded  as  Echo-Lab)  to 
capture  the  opportunity  present  in  the  coun-
try’s large medical diagnostics industry, valued 
at c. US$ 140 million in 2017 and projected to 
reach US$ 1 billion by 2025* . 

Whilst  also  highly  fragmented,  the  industry 
can be broadly divided into three groups. The 
largest is independent standalone labs (chains 
and single labs), followed by public and private 
hospitals.

Since acquisition, the Group rolled out an inte-
gration and value-building plan for the expan-
sion of Echo-Lab’s branch network, renovating 
existing  branches,  procuring  state-of-the-art 
equipment and growing the lab’s service offer-
ings and enhancing its quality standards.

Operational Highlights
During  2019,  the  Group’s  value-building  phase 
saw  it  continue  with  refurbishment  works  on 
existing  branches,  with  eight  out  of  13  branches 

 * Source: Boston Consulting Group

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2019

1.4%

renovated,  including  inaugurating  three  new 
branches  as  well  as  the  closure  of  two  non-
performing  branches  during  the  year.  Alongside 
installed 
network  expansion  Echo-Lab  also 
new  state-of-the-art  radiology  equipment  from 
General  Electric,  including  Magnetic  resonance 
imaging (“MRI”) and computed tomography scan 
(“CT”),  that  have  commenced  operation  in  the 
second half of 2019. The Group had also deployed 
its Laboratory Information Systems (LIS) and its 
System  Application  and  Product  (SAP)  platform 
in 2018 and expanded its range of diagnostic test-
ing by sending samples to its Mega Lab in Egypt. 
Most importantly, IDH continues to indoctrinate 
its quality standards and procedures and is invest-
ing heavily in training of operational staff and has 
hired  a  new  management  to  help  deliver  on  its 
strategic goals for the geography. 

28 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
EGP30 mn

Revenues in 2019, flat y-o-y

Echo-Lab’s  revenues  in  NGN  terms  recorded 
a  23%  y-o-y  rise  for  2019,  driven  by  growing 
volumes.  However,  in  EGP  terms,  following  an 
appreciation  of  the  Egyptian  pound  over  the 
course of the year, revenues in Nigeria remained 
stable  year-on-year  at  EGP  30  million  for  2019. 
Meanwhile,  increased  restructuring  costs  and 
delayed  branch  openings  led  to  a  negative 
EBITDA of EGP 30 million in 2019. With branch 
renovations  progressing  and  with  the  installa-
tion of new state-of-the-art radiology equipment 
expected  to  increase  patient  volumes,  manage-
ment expects the Group’s Nigerian operations to 
turn EBITDA positive during 2020.

   Echo-Lab’s revenues in NGN 
terms recorded a 23% y-o-y 
rise for 2019, driven by growing 
volumes

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  29

Strategic Report  //  Our Brands

Our
Brands

IDH’s core brands include Al Mokhtabar, Al Borg 
and  Al  Borg  Scan  in  Egypt,  Biolab  in  Jordan, 
Ultralab and Al Mokhtabar Sudan in Sudan, and 
Echo-Lab in Nigeria. An Egypt-based subsidiary, 
Wayak, was launched in 2019 to build electronic 
medical  records  and  offer  patients  healthcare 
management services.

   Wayak was launched in 
2019 to build electronic 
medical records and 
offer patients healthcare 
management services

Al Mokhtabar – Egypt

Al Borg Laboratories – Egypt

Al  Mokhtabar  originates  in  1979,  when  Dr. 
Moamena  Kamel,  Professor  of  Immunology 
at  Cairo  University’s,  founded  MK  Lab,  which 
merged with Al Mokhtabar in 2004. The combined 
care  provider  has  since  built  a  strong  reputa-
tion  for  quality,  with  a  portfolio  of  over  1,200 
clinical  analysis  tests  encompassing  immunol-
ogy,  hematology/coagulation,  clinical  chemistry, 
parasitology,  microbiology/infectious  diseases, 
toxicology,  cytology,  surgical  pathology,  flowcy-
tometry,  molecular  biology  and  cytogenetics.  As 
at  31  December  2019,  Al  Mokhtabar  operated  a 
network  of  214  branches  across  Egypt.  Over  3.8 
million  patients  were  served  in  2019,  with  15.4 
million tests performed. 

Founded  in  1991,  Al  Borg  Laboratories  is  the 
first  Middle  Eastern  medical-laboratory  opera-
tion  to  successfully  implement  a  Hub,  Spoke 
and  Spike  business  model.  Al  Borg  is  now  the 
largest  privately  owned  laboratory  group  in  the 
region,  offering  more  than  2,000  test  categories. 
This extensive product offering covers the whole 
spectrum  of  conventional  and  non-conventional 
medical-testing  solutions.  Through  a  network  of 
183 branches, Al Borg served more than 3 million 
clients  in  2019,  handling  12.5  million  tests  per 
annum. The company caters to outpatient walk-in 
customers in addition to corporate, insurance and 
lab-to-lab clients.

30 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Al Borg Scan – Egypt 

Wayak – Egypt

IDH established Al Borg Scan in 2018 with eye to 
capturing a share of Egypt’s high-value radiology 
space. Offering a full range of radiology services, 
Al  Borg  Scan  leverages  Al  Borg’s  brand  equity 
and  its  large  customer  base  to  consolidate  its 
position  as  the  Egyptian  market’s  premium 
provider of medical imaging. As at 31 December 
2019,  the  company  operated  one  state-of-the 
art facility in Egypt. Al Borg Scan draws on the 
latest technology to offer the highest quality in 
MRI,  CT,  ultrasound,  x-ray,  mammogram  and 
cath  lab  services.  Led  by  some  of  the  Egypt’s 
most  capable  and  recognized  radiologists,  Al 
Borg Scan is a key component of IDH’s strategy 
to build a national brand in Egypt.

Wayak  was  launched  in  2019  to  invest  in  data 
mining and artificial intelligence platforms and 
capitalise on IDH’s patient database to capture 
new  growth  opportunities  in  the  healthcare 
management  space.  With  a  database  covering 
more than 13 million patients, of which 10% suf-
fer from chronic diseases, Wayak will allow IDH 
to  build  electronic  medical  records  of  patients 
and better cater to their needs with innovative 
patient  healthcare  profiles,  home-delivery  of 
medications,  diagnostics  testing  reminders, 
referrals  to  service  providers  under  the  IDH 
network  with  discounted  prices  as  well  as 
follow-up services.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  31

Strategic Report  //  Our Brands

UltraLab – Sudan

Al Mokhtabar Sudan – Sudan

Founded in 2008, Ultralab has rapidly developed 
into Sudan’s largest and most respected labora-
tory chain. Ultralab operated 13 laboratories at 
year-end  2019,  including  10  independent  labs 
and 3 hospital / clinical centre-based labs. The 
company  enjoys  broad  geographic  exposure  in 
Sudan,  with  Khartoum,  Om  Dorman  and  Port 
Sudan.  2019  saw  Ultralab  serve  154  thousand 
patients in 2019, performing a total of 522 thou-
sand tests.

Established  in  2010  prior  to  IDH’s  acquisition 
of Al Mokhtabar in Egypt, Al Mokhtabar Sudan 
offers  a  similar  suite  of  diagnostic  services 
as  that  provided  by  UltraLab.  Both  of  IDH’s 
Sudanese  subsidiaries  organise  their  opera-
tions using a Hub, Spoke and Spike model, mir-
roring  those  implemented  by  Al  Borg  and  Al 
Mokhtabar  in  Egypt.  As  at  31  December  2019, 
Al  Mokhtabar  Sudan  operated  a  network  of  8 
branches,  serving  26  thousand  patients  and 
performing 75 thousand tests. 

32 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Biolab – Jordan

Echo-Lab – Nigeria 

IDH  established  Biolab  in  2001  with  the  aim 
of  leading  Jordan’s  private  medical  laboratory 
space.  Using  state-of-the-art  medical  technol-
ogy  and  a  nationwide  network  of  19  branches, 
Biolab  offers  a  suite  of  over  1,000  diagnostic 
tests  to  a  customer  base  including  patients, 
physicians, hospitals and referring clinical labo-
ratories.  Biolab  is  accredited  by  the  Jordanian 
Ministry of Health (“MOH”), with two branches 
accredited  with  ISO  15189  and  Joint  Commis-
sion International ( JCI) and one branch receiv-
ing  CAP  accreditation  in  2018.  Biolab  served 
over 311 thousand patients in 2019, performing 
more than 1.8 million tests.

IDH  acquired  Nigerian  medical  diagnostics 
firm  Echo-Lab  (previously  Echo-Scan)  in  2018. 
The acquisition follows on the Group’s strategy 
of  broadening  its  exposure  to  fragmented  and 
underpenetrated  African  and  Middle  Eastern 
markets,  where  it  can  leverage  advantageous 
market  conditions  similar  to  those  prevail-
ing  in  its  core  geographies.  Echo-Lab  offers  a 
comprehensive suite of pathology and radiology 
diagnostic  testing,  consolidating  different  test 
categories  under  the  same  roof.  The  company 
operated  a  network  of  13  branches  as  at  31 
December 2019, serving 109 thousand patients 
and performing 179 thousand tests.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  33

Strategic Report  //  Our Services

Our
Services

Through IDH’s brands, the Group covers the full 
spectrum  of  diagnostic  testing  services  with 
over 1,400 internationally accredited pathology 
tests  ranging  from  basic  blood  glucose  tests 
for  diabetes  to  advanced  molecular  testing  for 
genetic  disorders,  and  a  full  suite  of  radiology 

services. IDH also leverages its patient database 
and  wide  geographic  reach  to  build  electronic 
medical  records  and  offer  its  patients  tailored 
services  –  home-delivery  of  medications, 
diagnostics  testing  reminders  and  referrals  to 
service providers – under its subsidiary Wayak.  

Pathology

IDH’s  comprehensive  pathology  product  portfolio  covers  immunology,  haematology,  endocrinol-
ogy, clinical chemistry, molecular biology, cytogenetics, histopathology and microbiology. 

Immunology

Microbiology

Haematology

Endocrinology

Clinical Chemistry

Molecular Biology

Cytogenetics

Histopathology

Radiology

Radiology

DH offers the full suite of radiology services through Al Borg Scan in Egypt and Echo-Lab in Nigeria, 
including but not limited to magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT), ultra-
sound, x-ray, mammograms and cath lab facilities.

Healthcare Management Services

In 2019, IDH launched its new Egypt-based subsidiary “Wayak” to capitalize on the Group’s patient database 
and capture new growth opportunities in the healthcare management space and offer targeted services to 
its customers. With a database covering more than 13 million patients, of which c.10% suffer from chronic 
diseases,  Wayak  invests  in  data  mining  and  artificial  intelligence  platforms  to  build  electronic  medical 
records  of  patients  and  better  cater  to  their  needs  with  new  value  propositions.  These  include  buil  ing 
patient healthcare profiles, home-delivery of medications, diagnostics testing reminders, refe rals to service 
providers under IDH’s network with discounted prices as well as follow-up services, amongst others.

34 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  35

Strategic Report  //  Our Services

CAP

Accredited since 2018

Internationally-Accredited Test Portfolio

Across  its  brand  portfolio,  IDH  maintains  international-quality  accreditations  with  a  stringent 
internal audit process to ensure best-in-class service.

ISO
ISO  accreditation  requires  an  initial  inspection  of  laboratory 
practices, calibration and medical analysis by an accreditation 
body. For Al Mokhtabar and for Al Borg, it was URS Certification 
(accredited  internationally  by  the  United  Kingdom  Accredita-
tion Service); and for Biolab, it was the Jordanian Accreditation 
System  ( JAS).  The  inspection  involves  the  clinical  chemistry 
area,  the  virology  unit,  the  haematology  unit  and  the  general 
laboratory management practice. The accreditation’s standards 
include  both  management  and  technical  requirements.  The 
Company’s ISO 9001:2008 accreditations for both Al Mokhtabar 
and Al Borg passed year end accreditation reviews in 2018 and 
will next be renewed in 2019.

College of American Pathologists (CAP)
Unlike  ISO  accreditation,  CAP  certification  is  awarded  to  indi-
vidual  labs,  rather  than  the  Group’s  operations  as  a  whole  and 
is  widely  considered  the  leader  in  laboratory  quality  assurance 
globally.    The  Group’s  central  Mega  Lab  in  Cairo,  inaugurated 
in  2015,  received  its  CAP  certification  In  February  2018,  and 
replaced  two  smaller,  independent  “A-labs”  one  of  which  was 
also  CAP  certified.  IDH  operates  the  only  laboratory  in  Egypt 
to  receive  this  distinguished  certification,  which  is  subject  to 
renewal every two years.

36 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
300

Employees trained per month

Quality Assurance
IDH’s  quality  assurance  programme  ensures  that  all  internal 
diagnostic  processes,  lab  testing  procedures  and  results  analyses 
are  accurate.  The  quality  assurance  program  ensures  that  all  the 
standards of the CAP and ISO accreditations are met by inspecting 
hardware  and  equipment,  ensuring  compliance  with  procedure 
manuals, inspecting the accuracy of results and administering com-
petency  assessments  for  employees.  The  internal  audit  team  also 
maintains a specific audit checklist for the basic and routine tests 
conducted  in  the  Group’s  C-labs,  including  conformity  of  process; 
testing  the  competency  of  employees  through  oral,  observational, 
practical  and  written  tests;  and  conducting  managerial  audits  to 
assess the labs’ management and administrative efficiency.

Employee Training
The  Group  views  education  as  an  essential  means  of  ensur-
ing  quality  across  its  laboratories.  To  help  develop  the  skills 
of  employees,  IDH  has  a  dedicated  training  facility  in  Cairo 
with  four  training  laboratories.  The  centre  provides  training  to 
around  300  employees  per  month,  including  doctors,  chemists, 
receptionists,  branch  and  area  managers,  sales  personnel  and 
administrators. The training curriculum is determined based on 
performance KPIs, internal audit reports, management reviews, 
competency assessment reports and analysis of customer feed-
back  and  complaints.  IDH’s  employee  training  is  structured 
along four modules: new employee training, competency-based, 
need-based and practical re-training.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  37

Strategic Report  //  Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy

Competitive Strengths 
& Growth Strategy

IDH is implementing an ambitious growth strategy which leverages the scalability of 
its business model and the broad experience of its management team. 

Competitive Strengths

Exposure to resilient markets with favourable dynamics

IDH’s markets enjoy favourable structural characteristics, with diagnostic 
services demand relatively underserved. Given the counter-cyclical nature 
of  the  diagnostic  and  healthcare  industries,  the  Group  is  well  insulated 
against  economic  and  other  instability  across  its  geographic  footprint, 
illustrated by its maintenance of double-digit rates of top-line growth. 

Strong market position with over three decades  
of industry experience

IDH  enjoys  strong  barriers  to  entry  in  the  markets  where  it  operates 
(as  detailed in Our Markets on page 20). Players with an established market 
position  enjoy  a  significant  advantage.  With  nearly  four  decades  of  industry 
experience, IDH’s subsidiaries have earned patients’ trust and loyalty, strength-
ening their brand equity. IDH leverages its internationally-accredited facilities 
to attract contract clients, while its scalable business model and relationships 
with key stakeholders extend its reach in a fragmented market. 

38 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Scalable asset-light business model

A Hub, Spoke and Spike business model allows IDH to efficiently and organi-
cally expand its geographic footprint through a capital-light platform. IDH’s 
centralised  Mega  Lab  is  equipped  with  modern,  high-capacity  facilities. 
Significant throughput facilitates the rapid launch throughout the Group’s 
markets of asset-light, plug and play C labs for sample collection and simple 
testing. Safety and testing procedures are continuously enhanced as more 
tests are performed using the advanced diagnostic tools and state-of-the-
art technology installed at IDH’s Mega Lab.

Strong balance sheet and cash generation capacity

An asset-light business model allows IDH to maintain a low-debt funding 
mix,  offering  significant  strategic  flexibility.  Core  profitability  is  consis-
tently  strong,  with  the  Group  delivering  EBITDA  margins  exceeding  40% 
and maintaining healthy cash balances despite the prevalence of adverse 
macroeconomic and political headwinds. 

Experienced and entrepreneurial management

IDH enjoys a management team with several decades of healthcare expe-
rience, while its world-class Board of Directors is composed of experts in 
healthcare, investing and the MENA region.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  39

Strategic Report  //  Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy

Long Term Growth Strategy

IDH  leverages  its  competitive  strengthens  to 
capture  substantial  opportunities  and  deliver 
on  a  four-pillar  growth,  namely  1)  continue 
to  expand  customer  reach;  (2)  increase  tests 
per  patient  by  expanding  the  Group’s  services 

portfolio;  (3)  expand  into  new  geographic 
markets 
through  selective,  value-accretive 
acquisitions;  and  (4)  introduce  new  medical 
services by leveraging the Group’s network and 
reputable brand position.

Expand Customer Reach

IDH  works  to  increase  patient  accessibility  and  expand  its  customer  base, 
capitalising  on  the  favourable  market  dynamics  prevailing  across  its  geo-
graphic  footprint.  Its  scalable,  asset-light  business  model  allows  IDH  to 
rapidly  and  efficiently  launch  new  labs  and  deepen  its  exposure  to  Middle 
Eastern and African markets. Besides its core offerings, IDH provides a suite 
of add-on services, including house calls, e-services and results delivery, offer-
ing a frictionless customer experience to current and prospective patients.

Increase Tests per Patient

The  Group’s  state-of-the-art  Mega  Lab  enhances  its  ability  to  perform 
specialized and advanced tests not offered in other labs, driving volumes. 
IDH  bundles  testing  services  into  discounted  health  packages  offered  to 
existing customers, further driving volume growth and revenue per patient. 
Awareness  campaigns  targeting  certain  diseases  are  frequently  mounted 
both by IDH and as part of government-led initiatives, which highlight the 
importance  of  preventative  healthcare  with  diagnostic  testing  especially 
for  people  with  lifestyle  diseases  like  diabetes  and  high  cholesterol.  Such 
efforts have successfully driven volume growth in IDH, bolstering average 
test and revenue per patient.

40 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
30.5 mn

Tests performed in 2019

Geographic Expansion

Highly  fragmented  and  underpenetrated  markets  in  the  Middle  East  and 
Africa  are  the  primary  target  of  IDH’s  strategic  expansion  efforts.  IDH’s 
business  model  is  well-suited  to  capitalise  on  healthcare  and  consumer 
trends  prevalent  in  these  regions.  Leveraging  the  strength  of  its  balance 
sheet,  IDH  delivers  on  this  strategic  objective  through  value-accretive 
acquisitions, including that of Echo-Lab of Nigeria in 2018. 

Diversify into New Medical Services

As  Egypt’s  medical  testing  space  evolves  from  a  single-doctor  model 
towards  branded  chains,  IDH  recognises  an  opportunity  to  offer  services 
not  currently  provided  at  large  scale  by  any  private  healthcare  provider. 
The Group believes that its brand equity, experience and patient following 
ideally position it to pursue opportunities in adjacent markets. To this end, 
the Group marked its expansion into the high-value radiology segment in 
October  2018  through  Al  Borg  Scan.  Additionally,  the  Company’s  newly 
launched  Egypt-based  subsidiary  Wayak,  which  aims  invest  in  artificial 
intelligence  and  data-mining  to  provide  tailored  healthcare  management 
services to its patients and increase loyalty and retention rates.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  41

Strategic Report  //  Principle Risks, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Principle Risks, Uncertainties  
& Their Mitigation

As  in  any  corporation,  IDH  has  exposure  to 
risks  and  uncertainties  that  may  adversely 
affect  its  performance.  IDH  Chairman  Lord  St 
John  of  Bletso  has  emphasised  that  ownership 
of  the  risk  matrix  is  sufficiently  important  to 
the  Group’s  long-term  success  that  it  must 
be  equally  shared  by  the  Board  and  senior 
management. 

While no system can mitigate every risk — and 
some  risks,  as  at  the  country  level,  are  largely 
without  potential  mitigants  —  the  Group  has 
in  place  processes,  procedures  and  baseline 
assumptions that provide mitigation. The Board 
and senior management agree that the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Group include:

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Country risk — Political & Security
Egypt  and  the  wider  MENA  region,  where  the  Group 
operates, have experienced political volatility and there 
remains a risk of occasional civil disorder.

Sudan  continued  to  face  political  unrest  during  2019, 
with  protests  leading  to  the  removal  of  long-time 
president Omar Al-Bashir in April 2019 by the military. 
Protest continued throughout the year demanding the 
military  hand  over  power  to  a  civilian  government, 
which culminated in a power-sharing agreement signed 
between  the  military  and  an  opposition  coalition  in 
July 2019. While relative stability has been restored, the 
situation  remains  volatile  and  a  return  to  civil  unrest 
could adversely affect IDH’s business. 

Nigeria  is  facing  security  challenges  on  several  fronts, 
including  re-emerging  ethnic  tensions  and  resurgent 
attacks by Islamist militants in the northeast. Against 
the  backdrop  of  a  sluggish  economy  and  the  slow 
implementation of reforms, mounting discontent could 
translate into further social unrest.

See mitigants for “Country/regional risk — Economic,” 
below.

While  nationwide  protests  do  affect  patient  and  test  vol-
umes at IDH, the diagnostic industry is relatively immune 
given  the  inelastic  demand  for  healthcare  services.  Addi-
tionally, IDH has been successful in offsetting the effect of 
lower  volumes  due  to  protest  with  higher  pricing,  and  in 
2019 the geography recorded its first year-on-year revenue 
growth in EGP terms since 2017.

The  current  power-sharing  agreement  and  subsequent 
formation of a sovereign council composed of civilian and 
military representatives will see the country through a three-
year transitional period after which elections are to be held. 

Echo-Lab’s laboratories are located primarily in Lagos, 
Abuja and Benin, far from the current unrest occurring 
in the northeast part of Nigeria. 

Regarding other operating risks, including but not lim-
ited  to  legal  and  compliance  risks,  IDH  will  apply  the 
same rigorous standards to evaluating all aspects of its 
business processes in Nigeria as it has implemented in 
all of the emerging markets in which it operates.

42 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
 
Specific Risk

Mitigation

Country/regional risk — Economic
The  Group  is  subject  to  the  economic  conditions  of 
Egypt  specifically  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  those  of  the 
wider MENA region. Egypt accounted for c. 85% of our 
revenues in 2019 (2018: 84%).

High inflation in Egypt: According to the Central Bank 
of  Egypt,  headline  inflation  recorded  7.1%  in  Decem-
ber 2019, continuing a declining trend from 11.97% in 
December  2018,  21.6%  in  January  2018  and  a  record 
high of c.35% in July 2017 following the November 2016 
devaluation  of  the  Egyptian  Pound  and  subsequent 
energy  subsidy  cuts.  Meanwhile  core  inflation  that 
strips out volatile items dropped to 2.37%% in Decem-
ber 2019 from 8.3% in December 2018.

High  Inflation  in  Sudan:  Following  substantial  currency 
devaluation  in  Sudan  during  2018  that  saw  the  currency 
lose 85% of its value, the Sudanese Pound’s official rate ver-
sus the US Dollar remained relatively stable during 2019 at 
45.11 as  of 31 December as per the Central Bank of Sudan. 
However, the currency continued to devalue on the parallel 
market, leading to sustained high inflation rates of 57.01% 
as of December 2019 according to Trading Economics. 

Nigeria: Capital controls could make profit repatriation 
difficult in the short term. 

As with country risk, this is largely not subject to miti-
gation.  In  both  political/security  and  economic  risk, 
management  notes  that  IDH  operates  in  a  defensive 
industry  and  that  the  business  continued  to  grow 
year-on-year through two revolutions, as well as under 
extremely difficult operating conditions in 2016.

High  inflation  is  one  consequence  of  Egypt’s  policy-
restructuring cycle. The structural change underway in 
government  spending  and  general  repricing  of  goods 
and services represents a reversal of 50 years of compre-
hensive  government  support.  Whilst  it  will  take  time, 
the  reform  program  is  designed  to  put  the  country  on 
a  more  sustainable  path  to  growth  and  fiscal  consoli-
dation.  According  to  Egypt’s  Ministry  of  Planning  and 
Administrative Reform, as of the fiscal year ended June 
2019 Egypt recorded GDP growth of 5.6%, while the bud-
get deficit as a percentage of GDP had declined to 8.4% 
compared to 9.8% in the fiscal year ended June 2018.  

The  Group’s  contemplated  acquisitions  outside  of 
Egypt  would  also  mitigate  the  Egypt-specific  country 
risk over time.

The  Group  is  closely  monitoring  the  economic  and 
political situation in Sudan and has implemented sev-
eral price increase to keep instep with inflationary pres-
sures.  IDH  is  also  working  to  limit  expatriate  salaries 
and foreign currency needs by increasing dependence 
on local hires.

In  Nigeria,  until  currency  exchange  policy  is  clarified 
and there is greater visibility regarding profit repatria-
tion, IDH expects to reinvest early profits into its Nige-
rian business. Dividend payments are not expected to 
be repatriated in the first four years of operation. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  43

Strategic Report  //  Principle Risks, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Nigeria: Depreciation of the naira would make imported 
products and raw materials more expensive and would 
reduce Nigeria’s contribution to consolidated Company 
revenues. Whilst capital controls have helped the offi-
cial exchange converge with the black-market rate, the 
central bank has yet to allow the naira to float freely.

Country Risk – COVID-19
The global spread of COVID-19 presents business conti-
nuity risks to IDH including, but not limited to, supply-
chain  disruptions  and  their  effect  on  the  delivery  of 
business-critical  materials  such  as  test  kits,  govern-
ment  enforced  quarantines  and  their  effect  IDH  busi-
ness  operations  including  patient  volumes  and  staff 
mobility and risk of infection among IDH employees. 

IDH will capitalise on its regional agreements with sup-
pliers to procure kits at competitive prices.

IDH  is  in  continual  dialogue  with  key  suppliers  to 
gauge  the  risk  associated  with  a  shortage  of  materi-
als  and  is  yet  to  identify  a  weakness.  The  Group  will 
aim  to  build  inventory  of  key  test  kits  as  necessary, 
should  supply  disruptions  begin  to  emerge.  IDH  is 
also  preparing  new  standard  operating  procedures 
for  SARS  CoV-2  testing  in  the  event  that  the  Group’s 
subsidiaries are asked by a competent health author-
ity to participate in testing efforts. All of IDH staff use 
appropriate  protective  equipment  when  interacting 
with  patients,  including  those  suspected  of  having 
covid-19 or any other infectious disease.

All of the Group’s employees are subject to regular mes-
sages reminding them that they may not report to work 
if they have symptoms of a covid-19 infection.

IDH  has  identified  head-office  functions  that  can  be 
performed  from  home  and  is  reviewing  its  disaster 
recovery  and  business  continuity  policies  to  ensure 
that the Group is prepared for any eventuality.

44 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Specific Risk

Mitigation

Foreign currency and banking regulation risk
Foreign currency risk: The Group is exposed to foreign 
currency risk on the cost side of the business. The major-
ity of supplies it acquires are paid in Egyptian pounds 
(EGP), but given they are imported, their price will vary 
with the rate of exchange between the EGP and foreign 
currencies. In addition, a portion of supplies are priced 
and paid in foreign currencies.

The  CBE  moved  to  a  fully  floating  foreign  exchange 
regime on 3 November 2016, since which time the value 
of the Egyptian pound against the US dollar has been 
set by the interbank market. After losing more than 50% 
of  its  value  in  2016,  the  Egyptian  pound  closed  2019 
at  mid-market  CBE  rate  of  16.04  per  US$1  against  an 
opening rate of EGP 17.91.

The Egyptian pound was valued at 15.69 to US$ 1.00 as 
of 13 February 2020. 

Banking  regulation  risk:  A  priority  list  and  alloca-
tion  mechanism  imposed  by  the  CBE  was  in  effect 
throughout  2016  to  prioritise  essential  imports.  This 
mechanism was in place in response to an active paral-
lel market for foreign exchange.

Whilst  foreign  exchange  is  increasingly  available  fol-
lowing the November 2016 float of the Egyptian pound 
and prices set by the interbank mechanism, IDH faces 
the risk of variability in the exchange rate as a result of 
economic and other factors.

Only 13% of IDH’s cost of supplies (c.2% of revenues) are 
payable in US dollars, minimising the Group’s exposure 
to foreign exchange (FX) scarcity and in part, the vola-
tility of the Egyptian pound.

In 2019, IDH recorded a net foreign exchange loss/gain 
of  EGP  15.5  million,  largely  stable  compared  to  a  net 
foreign exchange loss of EGP 15.7 million in 2018. 

The  Egyptian  Pound’s  appreciation  during  2019  was 
driven  by  multiple  factors,  most  notable  of  which 
include the elimination of the foreign investment repa-
triation  mechanism;  an  improving  net  oil  balance  as 
production from the mega Zohr gas field commenced; 
rising  tourism  revenues,  rate  cuts  by  the  US  Federal 
Reserve and continued capital inflow to Egyptian trea-
sury bills due to their attractive yields. 

Foreign currency also continued to be available in the 
market  throughout  2019  whether  from  the  banks  or 
exchange  companies;  and  the  with  CBE  foreign  cur-
rency reserves maintained at record-highs during 2019 
to close the year at US$ 45 billion, the return of capital 
controls previously implemented following the pound’s 
devaluation is unlikely. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  45

Strategic Report  //  Principle Risks, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Supplier risk
IDH faces the risk of suppliers re-opening negotiations 
in the face of cost pressure owing to the prevailing infla-
tionary  environment  and/or  a  possible  albeit  limited 
devaluation risk in 2020.

IDH’s supplier risk is concentrated amongst three key 
suppliers  —  Siemens,  Roche  and  BM  (Sysmex)—  who 
provide it with kits representing 45% of the total value 
of total raw materials in 2019 (2018: 42%).

IDH has strong, longstanding relationships with its sup-
pliers,  to  whom  it  is  a  significant  regional  client.  Due 
to the volumes of kits the Company purchases, IDH is 
able to negotiate favourable pricing and maintain raw 
material costs increases at a rate slower than inflation. 
In  2019,  average  raw  material  cost  per  test  increased 
only 4%.

Total raw materials costs as a percentage of sales were 
18.3% in 2019 compared with 19.3% in 2018.

Remittance of dividend regulations and 
repatriation of profit risk

The  Group’s  ability  to  remit  dividends  abroad  may  be 
adversely  affected  by  the  imposition  of  remittance 
restrictions  where,  under  Egyptian  law,  companies 
must  obtain  government  clearance  to  transfer  divi-
dends  overseas  and  are  subject  to  higher  taxation  on 
payment of dividends.

As a foreign investor in Egypt, IDH does not have issues 
with the repatriation of dividends, but is exposed to risk 
in the form of cost of foreign exchange in the markets in 
which the Group operates, particularly Egypt and Sudan.

As a provider of medical diagnostic services, IDH’s oper-
ations in Sudan are not subject to sanctions. Notably, in 
October 2017 the US lifted a host of sanctions imposed 20 
years ago that included a comprehensive trade embargo, 
a freeze on government assets and tight restrictions on 
financial institutions dealing with the country. 

Legal and regulatory risk to the business
The  Group’s  business  is  subject  to,  and  affected  by, 
extensive, stringent and frequently changing laws and 
regulations,  as  well  as  frequently  changing  enforce-
ment regimes, in each of the countries in which it oper-
ates.  Moreover,  as  a  significant  player  in  the  Egyptian 
private clinical laboratory market, the Group is subject 
to  antitrust  and  competition-related  restrictions,  as 
well as the possibility of investigation by the Egyptian 
Competition Authority.

The Group’s general counsel and the quality assurance 
team work together to keep IDH abreast of, and in com-
pliance with, both legislative and regulatory changes. 

On the antitrust front, the private laboratory segment 
(of which IDH is a part) accounts for a small proportion 
of the total market, which consists of small private labs, 
private  chain  labs  and  large  governmental  and  quasi-
governmental institutions.

46 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Specific Risk

Mitigation

Quality control risks
Failure to establish and comply with appropriate qual-
ity standards when performing testing and diagnostics 
services  could  result  in  litigation  and  liability  for  the 
Group  and  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  its 
reputation  and  results  of  operations.  This  is  particu-
larly key as the Group depends heavily on maintaining 
good  relationships  with  healthcare  professionals  who 
prescribe and recommend the Group’s services.

Risk from contract clients
Contract  clients  including  private  insurers,  unions 
and  corporations,  account  for  c.  60%  of  the  Group’s 
revenue  in  2019.  Should  IDH’s  relationship  with  these 
clients deteriorate, for example if the Group was unable 
to  negotiate  and  retain  similar  fee  arrangements  or 
should  these  clients  be  unable  to  make  payments  to 
the  Group,  IDH’s  business  could  be  materially  and 
adversely affected.

Pricing pressure in a competitive, regulated 
environment

The  Group  faces  pricing  pressure  from  various  third-
party payers that could materially and adversely affect 
its  revenue.  Pricing  may  be  restrained  in  cases  by 
recommended  or  mandatory  fees  set  by  government 
ministries and other authorities.

This  risk  may  be  more  pronounced  in  the  context  of 
headline monthly inflation in Egypt, which as of Decem-
ber 2019 stood at 7.1% as per the Central Bank of Egypt.

The  Group’s  quality  assurance  (QA)  function  ensures 
compliance  with  best  practices  across  all  medical 
diagnostic functions. All laboratory staff participate in 
ongoing professional education with quality assurance 
emphasised at each juncture. 

The head of quality assurance for the Group is a member 
of the senior management team at the IDH level, which 
meets weekly to review recent developments, plan strat-
egy and discuss issues of concern to the Group as a whole.

IDH  diligently  works  to  maintain  sound  relation-
ships with contract clients. All changes to pricing and 
contracts  are  arrived  at  through  discussion  rather 
than blanket imposition by IDH. Relations are further 
enhanced  by  regular  visits  to  contract  clients  by  the 
Group’s sales staff.

IDH’s attractiveness to contract clients is enhanced by 
the extent of its national network.

No  single  client  contract  currently  accounts  for  more 
than 1% of total revenues or 1.4% of Corporate revenues.

This is an external risk for which there exist few mitigants.

In  the  event  there  is  escalation  of  price  competition 
between market players, the Group sees its wide national 
footprint as a mitigant; c. 60% of our revenue is gener-
ated by servicing contract clients (private insurer, unions 
and corporations) who prefer IDH’s national network to 
patchworks of local players. 

IDH has a limited ability to influence changes to manda-
tory pricing policies imposed by government agencies, 
as is the case in Jordan, where basic tests that account 
for  the  majority  of  IDH’s  business  in  that  nation  are 
subject to price controls.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  47

Strategic Report  //  Principle Risks, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Carrying value of goodwill and other intan-
gible assets

A  decline  in  financial  performance  could  lead  to  an 
impairment  risk  over  the  carrying  value  of  IDH’s 
goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets.  Goodwill  and 
intangible assets have arisen from historic acquisitions 
made by the Group and include the brand names used 
in the business.

Business continuity risks
Management concentration risk: IDH is dependent on 
the unique skills and experience of a talented manage-
ment  team.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  key  members 
of that team could materially and adversely affect the 
Company’s operations and business. 

Business interruption: IT systems are used extensively 
in  virtually  all  aspects  of  the  Group’s  business  and 
across each of its lines of business, including test and 
exam  results  reporting,  billing,  customer  service, 
logistics  and  management  of  medical  data.  Similarly, 
business interruption at one of the Group’s larger labo-
ratory  facilities  could  result  in  significant  losses  and 
reputational damage to the Group’s business as a result 
of external factors such as natural disasters, fire, riots 
or  extended  power  failures.  The  Group’s  operations 
therefore depend on the continued and uninterrupted 
performance of its systems.

IDH carries out an annual impairment test on goodwill 
and other intangible assets in line with IAS 36. 

The results of the annual impairment test show head-
room between the recoverable amount (based on value 
in use) and the carrying value of each of the identified 
Cash  Generating  Units  and  no  impairment  is  deemed 
to  be  required.  For  more  detail  see  note  (12)  of  the 
Financial Statements.

IDH understands the need to support its future growth 
plans by strengthening its human capital and engaging 
in  appropriate  succession  planning.  The  Company  is 
committed to expanding the senior management team, 
led by its CEO Dr. Hend El Sherbini, to include the tal-
ent  needed  for  a  larger  footprint.  The  Group  has  con-
stituted an Executive Committee led by Dr. El Sherbini 
and composed of heads of departments. The Executive 
Committee meets every second week.

The  Group  has  in  place  a  full  disaster  recovery  plan, 
with  procedures  and  provisions  for  spares,  redundant 
power  systems  and  the  use  of  mobile  data  systems  as 
alternatives to landlines, among multiple other factors. 
IDH tests its disaster recovery plans on a regular basis.

48 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Specific Risk

Mitigation

Loss of talent
IDH depends on the skills, knowledge, experience and 
expertise of its senior managers to run its business and 
implement  its  strategies.  The  Group’s  senior  manage-
ment has an average of 15 years of industry experience 
and  the  majority  are  medical  doctors.  Furthermore, 
IDH is reliant on its ability to recruit and retain labo-
ratory  professionals.  Loss  of  senior  managers  could 
materially  and  adversely  affect  the  Group’s  results  of 
operations and business.

In Nigeria, IDH will face a more limited talent pool of 
healthcare workers due to a weak education system and 
the tendency for trained professionals to move abroad.  

Loss of certifications and accreditations
Many  of  IDH’s  facilities  have  received  internationally 
accreditations  for  high-quality  standards.  The  failure 
to  renew  these  certifications,  including  the  College 
of  American  Pathologists  (CAP)  accreditation  for  the 
Mega  Lab  or  the  International  Organization  for  Stan-
dards  (IOS)  for  other  facilities,  would  call  into  ques-
tion  the  Group’s  quality  standards  and  competitive 
differentiators.

Cybersecurity risk
The  company  controls  a  vast  amount  of  confidential 
data  for  its  patients’  records;  to  this  end,  there  is  a 
cybersecurity risk emerged as for both data confidenti-
ality and data security.

In  addition  to  competitive  compensation  packages, 
the  Group  also  ensures  it  has  access  to  a  broad  pool 
of  trained  laboratory  professionals  through  its  own 
in-house  recruitment  and  training  program.  We  fur-
thermore have in place a program to monitor the per-
formance of graduates of the training program.

Egypt is a net exporter of trained healthcare profession-
als as there is surplus staff in the market. IDH’s efforts 
are  accordingly  focused  on  retention  of  qualified  staff 
as opposed to recruitment of new personnel.

In Nigeria, IDH intends to offer a strong value proposi-
tion  for  staff  that  includes  opportunity  for  both  com-
pensation  and  training.  The  Group  will  seek  to  bring 
in  expatriates  to  fill  key  leadership  roles  whilst  local 
teams are being trained and developed.

In October 2017, IDH’s central Mega Lab in Cairo was 
accredited  by  CAP  which  is  subject  to  renewal  every 
two  years.  The  accreditation  was  renewed  in  October 
2019 with the next renewal date in October 2021. The 
Company  also  renewed  its  ISO  certifications  in  2019, 
with the next renewal due in three years. In Jordan, Bio-
lab has received Joint Commission International ( JCI) 
accreditation,  as  well  as  ISO  150189,  HCAC  and  CAP 
certifications  in  2018.  Branches  in  Sudan  and  Nigeria 
are not accredited.

IDH’s  ability  to  keep  current  its  certifications  and 
accreditation  are  supported  by  ongoing  QA,  training 
and internal audit procedures.

The company has stringent control over its security and 
regularly does stress tests over its IT infrastructure, and 
is  currently  commissioning  an  independent  leading 
international service provider to perform independent 
stress  tests  and  to  diagnose  its  IT  infrastructure  con-
trols, in order to ensure the confidentiality of all data.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  49

Performance

 IDH delivered a strong financial
 performance in 2019, despite operational
challenges in its markets

16%

revenue growth in 2019 to EGP 2.2 bn

50 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  51

Performance  //  Financial and Operational Review

 Financial and
Operational Review

Results*

)EGP million(

Revenues

Cost of Sales

Gross Profit

Gross Profit Margin

Operating Profit
EBITDA1 

EBITDA Margin

Net Profit

Net Profit Margin 

Cash Balance

2019

 2,226 

 (1,143)

 1,084 

49%

 791 

 945 

42%

 505 

23%

 631 

2018

 1,921 

 (973)

 948 

49%

 685 

 762 

40%

 497 

26%

 664 

change 

16%

17%

14%

-

15%

24%

2 pts

2%

 (3 pts)

-5%

IDH  revenues  came  in  at  EGP  2,226  million  in 
2019,  16%  above  last  year’s  figure  on  the  back 
of both higher volumes and favourable pricing. 
Top-line growth for the year was supported by 

both  the  company’s  walk  in  and  contract  seg-
ments  with  the  first  recording  a  15%  year-on-
year rise in revenues and the latter reporting a 
17% year-on-year top-line expansion.

Revenue Growth Drivers

Volume

Price & Mix

Foreign Currency Translation

Total

Revenue Growth Drivers by Geography

Egypt

Jordan

Sudan

Nigeria

Total

2019

6%

11%

(1%)

16%

2019

15%

0.7%

0.1%

-

16%

2018

12%

16%

(1%)

27%

2018

24%

2%

(1%)

2%

27%

*Decimals are rounded to the nearest whole number
1 EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization.

52 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
The  company’s  cost  of  sales  recorded  a  17% 
year-on-year  increase  in  2019  to  EGP  1,143 
million with IDH’s gross profit margin for the 
year unchanged at 49%.  EBITDA margin grew 
two  percentage  points  year-on-year  to  42%  in 
2019 following the implementation of IFRS 16 
(stable at 40% when the application of IFRS 16 
and Wayak’s results are excluded). Profitability 
for the year was further supported by a strong 
improvement  in  Jordan  where  EBITDA  grew 
74% year-on-year in 2019 and EBITDA margin 
expanded  14  percentage  points  to  35%.  On  a 
similar note, operations in Sudan generated a 
positive  EBITDA  of  EGP  7  million  (margin  of 

20%)  for  the  year,  compared  to  the  negative 
EGP 3 million EBITDA in 2018.

On  the  operational  front,  IDH  expanded  its 
branch  network  to  452  branches  as  at  year-end 
2019. This is up from the 418 branches operated 
as  at  31  December  2018.  The  Group’s  network 
expansion drive continues to be supported by its 
state-of-the-art  Mega  Lab  which  allows  IDH  to 
deploy its Hub, Spoke and Spike business model 
in Egypt to roll out capital-efficient “C” labs more 
rapidly.  Over  the  last  year,  IDH  has  opened  33 
labs  in  Egypt,  three  in  Nigeria,  and  closed  two 
unprofitable branches in Sudan.

Branches by Country 

Egypt

Jordan

Sudan

Nigeria

Total Branches

31-Dec-2019

31-Dec-2018

Change

399

19

21

13

452

366

19

23

10

418

9%

-

(9%)

30%

8%

Our Customers
IDH serves two principal types of clients: con-
tract  (corporate),  including  institutions  such 
as  unions,  private  insurance  companies  and 
corporations  who  enter  into  one-year  renew-
able contracts at agreed rates per-test and on 
a  per-client  basis,  and  walk-in  (individuals). 
Within  each  of  these  categories,  the  Group 
also offers a house call service, and within the 
contract segment, a lab-to-lab service.

IDH  served  a  total  of  7.5  million  patients 
between both segments during 2019, 6% above 
last  year’s  figure.  During  the  year,  the  total 
number  of  tests  performed  reached  30.5  mil-
lion, up 6% year-on-year. The ratio of contract 
to  walk-in  patients  during  the  year  was  73:27 
largely unchanged from last year’s ratio. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  53

Performance  //  Financial and Operational Review

Key Performance Indicators* )Excluding Wayak(**

Contract Segment

Walk-in Segment

Total

 2018

2019 Change

 2018

2019 Change

 2018

2019

Change

Revenue (EGP ‘000)

1,141,483 1,331,160

17%

779,969

894,703

15%

1,921,452 2,225,863

16%

% of Revenue

Patients ('000)

% of Patients

Revenue per Patient (EGP)

Tests ('000)

% of Tests

Revenue per Test (EGP)

Test per Patient

59%

60%

41%

40%

5,078

5,433

7%

1,970

2,048

4%

7,048

7,481

6%

72%

225

73%

245

22,206

23,553

77%

77%

51

4.4

57

4.3

9%

6%

10%

(1%)

28%

396

27%

437

6,560

6,918

23%

119

3.3

23%

129

3.4

10%

5%

9%

1%

273

298

28,766

30,471

67

4.1

73

4.1

9%

6%

9%

-

*   Percent changes are calculated based on exact decimal numbers which are rounded to the nearest whole number in the table
** KPIs exclude Wayak’s top-line figure amounting to EGP 632 thousand in 2019, inclusion of which would distort the KPIs with an unrelated 
line of business.

Revenue Analysis: Contribution by 
Patient Segment
The  Group’s  contract  segment  reported  a  17% 
y-o-y  rise  in  revenues  during  2019,  making  up 
60%  of  the  company’s  total  revenues  and  con-
tributing to 62% of IDH’s total revenue growth 
for the year. During 2019, IDH served 5.4 million 
contract patients (up 7% y-o-y) and performed 
23.6 million tests (up 6% y-o-y).

Average  revenue  per  contract  test  witnessed  a 
10% y-o-y rise to EGP 57 in 2019, while average 
revenue per contract patient was up 9% to EGP 
245 in 2019 from EGP 225 recorded last year. 

Within  the  Group’s  walk-in  segment,  revenues 
recorded a 15% y-o-y increase to EGP 895 million, 

making up 40% of the Group’s total revenues for 
the year and contributing to 38% of the Group’s 
total revenue growth in 2019. The segment’s rev-
enue  growth  for  the  year  was  both  volume  and 
price driven as average revenues per walk-in test 
increased  9%  y-o-y  to  EGP  129,  while  the  total 
number  of  walk-in  tests  increased  5%  y-o-y  for 
the period to 6.9 million tests.

IDH’s  overall  average  revenue  per  test  rose  9% 
y-o-y to EGP 73 in 2019. The Group’s combined 
average revenue per patients also reported a 9% 
y-o-y to EGP 298.

Revenue Analysis: Contribution by Geography

2018

■ Egypt
■ Jordan
■ Sudan
 Nigeria

84%
13%
2%
2%

2019

■ Egypt
■ Jordan
■ Sudan
 Nigeria

85%
12%
2%
1%

54 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
IDH’s  Egyptian  operations, 

At 
revenues 
expanded  18%  y-o-y  to  EGP  1,903  million  in 
2019. Growth for the year came on the back of 
both  higher  volumes  and  favourable  pricing. 
Both  the  number  of  total  patients  served  and 
of tests performed increased 6% y-o-y, with the 
first reaching 6.9 million and the latter record-
ing 27.9 million for the year. 

On a segment basis, contract patients served by 
IDH  in  Egypt  reached  5.1  million,  up  6%  y-o-y, 
while walk in patients increased 5% y-o-y to 1.7 
million in 2019. Test performed at the company’s 
contract  segment  reached  22.1  million  in  2019, 
up  5%  y-o-y.  At  the  walk-in  segment,  tests  per-
formed  were  up  7%  y-o-y  to  5.7  million.  Egypt’s 
contract  segment  recorded  revenues  of  EGP 
1,197  million  in  the  year,  a  17%  y-o-y  increase, 
while  at  the  walk-in  segment  revenues  reached 
EGP 705 million, up 20% y-o-y. Wayak recorded 
revenues of EGP 632 thousand in 2019.  

In Jordan, where consumers continued to adjust 
to the government’s austerity measures, includ-
ing an increase in income tax rates, IDH reported 
revenues of EGP 257 million in 2019, a 6% y-o-y 
rise  (up  12%  in  JOD  terms).  Biolab,  the  Group’s 
Jordanian  subsidiary,  served  311  thousand 
patients in 2019, a 12% increase y-o-y, while the 
total  number  of  tests  performed  also  increased 
12% y-o-y during the year reaching 1.8 million.

In Sudan, revenues came in 4% above last year’s 
figure  at  EGP  37  million  as  results  continued 
to be impacted by the devaluation of the Suda-
nese  pound.  However,  in  SDG  terms,  revenues 
increased  64%  y-o-y  as  increasingly  favourable 
pricing more than offset the lower test volumes 
on account of political unrest in the early part of 
2019. Growth in SDG terms came on the back of 
a  strong  rise  in  revenue  per  test  at  the  Group’s 
walk-in segment as the company passed on price 
increases in step with currency devaluation.

At  the  Group’s  Nigerian  subsidiary,  revenues 
came  in  flat  at  EGP  30  million  for  the  year  as 
results  continued  to  be  impacted  by  ongoing 
restructuring  works  and  delays  in  new  branch 
openings.  As  of  year-end  2019  the  Group  has 
renovated a total of 8 out of 13 branches in the 
country  and  rolled  out  its  new  Victoria  Island 
and  Akowonjo  branches  which  came  online  in 
June  and  October  of  2019,  respectively.  In  NGN 
terms, the division’s top-line increased by a 23% 
y-o-y in 2019 driven by rising volumes. 

Cost of Sales
IDH’s  cost  of  sales  increased  17%  y-o-y  to  EGP 
1,143 million in FY 2019. The Group’s gross profit 
reached  EGP  1,084  million  in  FY  2019,  up  14% 
y-o-y.  Gross  profit  margin  for  the  year  came  in 
unchanged at 49%.

COGS Breakdown as a Percentage of Revenue 

Raw Materials including cost of tests sent 
abroad 

Wages & Salaries

Depreciation

Other Expenses

Total

2019

2018

18.3%

17.2%

6.0%

9.8%

51.3%

19.3%

16.3%

3.7%

11.3%

50.6%

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  55

 
Performance  //  Financial and Operational Review

Raw  materials  costs,  increased  10%  y-o-y  to 
EGP 408 million in FY 2019, continuing to con-
tribute  the  largest  share  of  total  consolidated 
COGS  at  35.7%.  The  average  raw  material  cost 
per  test  performed  during  the  year  stood  at 
EGP 13.4, up from the EGP 12.9 with a modest 
increase of 4%. Raw materials as a percentage of 
sales decreased to 18.3% from last year’s 19.3% 
in line with management’s efficiency and cost-
reduction initiatives, and EGP appreciation.

Direct salaries and wages continued to make up 
the  second  largest  share  of  total  COGS  during 
the  year  at  33.5%  in  FY  2019,  as  they  reached 
EGP 383 million for the period, 22% above last 
year’s figure. Direct salaries and wages as a per-
centage of sales increased almost one percent-
age point to 17.2% for the year. 

Direct  depreciation  and  amortisation  rose  87% 
y-o-y to EGP 133 million, on the back of capital-
ised leases amounting to EGP 265 million (gross) 

related to the implementation of IFRS 16 (noting 
that related depreciation amounts to EGP 48 mil-
lion). Growth in depreciation was also driven by 
the addition of new equipment at Al Borg-Scan 
and  Nigeria,  with  their  depreciation  recording 
EGP 7.6 million and EGP 7.8 million respectively. 
As such, direct depreciation and amortisation as 
a percentage of revenues increased to 6.0% in FY 
2019 from the 3.7% figure last year.

EBITDA
IDH’s consolidated EBITDA in FY 2019 stood at 
EGP 945 million, up 24% y-o-y. EBITDA margin 
for the year was 42%, up two percentage points 
versus the 40% EBITDA margin recorded in FY 
2018 supported by the positive impact of adopt-
ing IFRS 16. When normalising for the impacts 
of  IFRS  16,  normalized  EBITDA  records  EGP 
877  million,  up  15%  y-o-y,  with  a  normalized 
EBITDA  margin  of  39%  despite  the  negative 
contributions  from  Nigeria  and  pre-operating 
expenses related to Wayak. 

Operating Profit to Normalised EBITDA Reconciliation 

)EGP million(

Operating Profit

Depreciation

Depreciation on Right of Use Assets

Amortisation

EBITDA

EBITDA Margin 

Rent Expenses Related to the Adoption of IFRS 16

Normalised EBITDA

2019

791

99

48

7

945

42.4%

(68)

877

2018

Change

685

71

-

6

762

15%

39%

-

17%

24%

39.7%

2.7 pts

-

762

-

15%

Normalised EBITDA Margin

39.4%

39.7%

(0.3 pts)

56 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
IFRS 16 Effect on 2019 EBITDA by Region* 

)EGP million(

EBITDA

Margin

 Rent Expense Related to the

 Normalised

Adoption of IFRS 16

EBITDA

Margin

Egypt

Jordan

Sudan

Nigeria

Total

 877 

 90

8 

 (30)

945

46%

35%

20%

(99%)

42%

* Decimals are rounded to the nearest whole number

 (44) 

 (20) 

 (2) 

 (2) 

 (68) 

 833 

 70 

5 

 (32)

877

44%

27%

15%

(107%)

39%

Egypt’s  EBITDA  recorded  EGP  877  million  in 
2019, up 19% y-o-y. EBITDA margin stood at 46% 
during the year (44% when controlling for IFRS 
16),  down  2%  from  last  year’s  figure,  which  is 
mainly attributable to the recognition of EGP 27 
million related to employees’ profit share as well 
as pre-operating expenses related to Wayak.   

In Jordan, IDH’s operations reported an impres-
sive  74%  y-o-y  rise  in  EBITDA  for  2019,  with 
the associated margin rising to 35% (27% when 
excluding  IFRS  16)  compared  to  21%  recorded 
in  2018.  The  significant  rise  came  on  the  back 
of  raw  material  cost  optimization  along  with 
further cost savings attributable to salaries and 
the decrease in rent related to the training cen-
tre. In it is important to note that 2019 EBITDA 
figure  includes  a  USD  400  thousand  related  to 
the IT & Technology purchase agreement with 
Mega Lab in Georgia. 

Sudan’s  EBITDA  for  the  year  recorded  EGP  7.5 
million,  up  from  the  negative  EGP  2.6  million 
figure recorded last year. EBITDA margin stood 
at 20% (15% when excluding IFRS 16) compared 
to the negative 7% margin recorded in FY 2018. 
Stronger EBITDA results were supported by a sig-
nificant increase in 3Q 2019 revenues due to con-
tinued price increases in addition to the decrease 

in  salaries  expense  as  the  Company  replaced 
Egyptian expats with Sudanese employees.

In  Nigeria,  EBITDA  losses  increased  to  EGP  30 
million  from  negative  EGP  25  million  EBITDA 
recorded  last  year.  The  loss  was  largely  related 
to  delays  in  new  branch  openings  along  with 
the  large  amount  of  salaries  as  a  percentage  of 
revenue.  As  branch  renovations  are  completed 
along  with  the  installation  of  new  state-of-the-
art  radiology  equipment,  management  expects 
the Group’s Nigerian operations to turn EBITDA 
positive during 2020.

Interest Income / Expense 
IDH recorded interest income of EGP 44 million 
in 2019, 27% below last year’s EGP 59 million fig-
ure. The fall is largely attributable to the multiple 
rate cuts by the Central Bank of Egypt during the 
course of 2019 (a cumulative 450 bps cut) com-
bined with the decrease in cash balances during 
the first half of the year to secure the dividends’ 
payment in June 2019.

Interest  expenses  came  in  at  EGP  65  million 
for the year versus the EGP 15 million recorded 
in  2018.  The  increase  came  on  the  back  of  the 
implementation  of  IFRS  16  which  added  EGP 
35 million to the period’s interest expense. As at 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  57

 
Performance  //  Financial and Operational Review

year-end  2019,  IDH’s  borrowing  costs  stood  at 
EGP  20  million  for  the  year  related  to  medium 
term loans for the Al Borg Scan expansion (EGP 
6.5 million) and the Group’s new headquarters in 
Cairo’s Smart Village (EGP 13.5 million). 

Foreign Exchange
IDH recorded net forex losses of EGP 15.5 million 
in FY 2019.

Taxation
Tax expenses for the year stood at EGP 254 mil-
lion  up  from  the  EGP  220  million  tax  expense 
recorded in 2018. The effective tax rate was 33% 
in 2019 compared to 31% last year. The increase 
in the Group’s effective tax rate recorded during 
the year is largely attributable to:

•  EGP 6.25 million related to the new healthcare 
tax law imposed by the Egyptian Government 
(0.25% of revenues); 

•  Starting  January  2019,  the  Jordanian  corpo-
rate tax rate increased 1% to reach 21% with 
a net effect amounting to EGP 552 thousand. 

•  The  increase  in  Sudan  tax  rate  from  15%  to 
30%  with  a  net  effect  amounting  to  EGP  221 
thousand.

There is no tax payable for IDH’s two companies 
at the holding level. Tax was paid on profits gen-
erated by operating companies in Egypt, Jordan 
and Sudan. 

Net Profit
IDH’s consolidated net profit increased 2% y-o-y 
in  2019  to  reach  EGP  505  million.  Net  profit 
margin  stood  at  23%  for  the  year  compared  to 
26%  in  2018.  Declined  net  profitability  was  due 
to net losses sustained at Nigeria, higher borrow-
ing costs related to Al Borg Scan and IDH’s new 
headquarters, a decrease in interest income and 
the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  (negative  EGP15.3  mil-
lion). When excluding the effect of IFRS 16, net 
profit records EGP 520 million, up 5% y-o-y with 
a net profit margin of 23%.

Net Effect of IFRS 16 on Net Profit* 

)EGP million(

Depreciation

Interest

Rent

Net Effect

Egypt

Jordan

Sudan

Nigeria

Total

 (29.9)

 (15.5)

 (1.1)

 (1.8)

 (48.4)

 (28.4)

 (5.2)

 (1.4)

 -   

 (35.1)

 44.0 

 19.7 

 2.0 

 2.5 

 68.2 

 (14.3)

 (1.0)

 (0.6)

 0.6 

 (15.3)

* Decimals are rounded to the nearest whole number

Balance Sheet
On  the  assets  side  of  the  balance  sheet,  IDH 
held gross property, plant and equipment (PPE) 
of  EGP  1,131  million  as  at  year-end  2019,  up 
from  the  EGP  973  million  as  at  31  December 
2018.  The  rise  came  largely  on  the  back  of 
CAPEX outlays for the addition and renovation 
of  branches  totalling  EGP  146  million  (EGP  71 

million in Egypt, EGP 64 million in Nigeria and 
EGP  11  million  in  Jordan),  and  reflects  foreign 
currency  translation  adjustments  of  negative 
EGP 48 million. 

As  at  31  December  2019,  accounts  receivable 
stood at EGP 261 million compared to EGP 220 

58 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
million  at  year-end  2018.  Accounts  receivables’ 
days-on-hand  (DOH)  normalised  at  129  days 
(based on credit revenues of EGP 726 million) fol-
lowing the increase witnessed at year-end 2018.

The Group’s “days inventory outstanding” came in 
unchanged from last year at 82 days for 2019.

IDH’s cash balances stood at to EGP 631 million 
as at year-end 2019 compared to EGP 664 million 
as  at  31  December  2018,  remaining  relatively 
stable despite the distribution of EGP 451 million 
(US$ 26.4 million) in dividends for 2018 paid in 
June 2019. It should be noted that cash balances 
include  cash  on  hand,  current  accounts,  time 
deposits, treasury bills and restricted cash.

On the liabilities side, accounts payable as at year-
end  2019  stood  at  EGP  145  million  compared  to 
the EGP 158 million as at 31 December 2018. The 
Group’s days payable outstanding (DPO) decreased 
to 141 days from 145 days as at 31 December 2018.

The  adoption  of  IFRS  16  led  to  the  addition  of 
EGP 37 million in short-term lease liabilities and 
EGP 232 million in long-term lease liabilities as 
at 31 December 2019.

Cash Flow
Net cash flow from operating activities recorded 
EGP 704 million in 2019 compared to EGP 556 
million in the previous year, demonstrating the 
company’s  strong  cash  generation  ability.  Net 
cash  used  in  investing  activities  totalled  EGP 
143  million  in  2019,  driven  by  acquisition  of 
property, plant and equipment which recorded 
EGP  213  million  during  the  year.  Finally,  net 
cash  used  in  financing  activities  reached  EGP 
549 million in 2019, driven primarily by the EGP 
451 dividend payment in June 2019. 

Dividend
Due to the Covid-19 pandemic and consequent 
uncertainty regarding the macroeconomic envi-
ronment,  the  Board  of  Directors  has  deemed 
it  more  appropriate  to  focus  on  retaining 
resources  and  will  thus  suspend  the  dividend 
decision  till  September  2020.  At  which  point, 
further consideration will be given to develop-
ments  in  the  global  pandemic  and  confidence 
regarding  the  Group’s  future  needs  and  finan-
cial outlook. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  59

Performance  //  Corporate Social Responsibility

 Corporate Social
Responsibility

Founded on the principle of providing quality 
medical  assistance  and  services  to  better  the 
lives of individuals and the community at large, 
IDH  views  corporate  responsibility  initiatives 
as  an  extension  of  its  core  purpose,  with  the 
aim of improving the communities in which it 
does business. 

IDH commits up to 1% of the net after-tax profit 
of the subsidiaries Al Borg and Al Mokhtabar to 
the  Moamena  Kamel  Foundation  for  Training 
and Skill Development, which in 2019 amounted 
to EGP 5.3 million compared with EGP 5.0 mil-
lion  in  2018.  The  Foundation  was  established 
in 2006 by Dr. Moamena Kamel, a Professor of 
Pathology  at  Cairo  University,  founder  of  IDH 
subsidiary  Al-Mokhtabar  Labs,  and  mother  of 
the CEO, Dr. Hend El Sherbini. 

The Foundation allocates sums received from IDH to 
organisations and groups in need of assistance, with 
a particular focus on making a difference in the lives 
of residents of Cairo’s Al Duweiqa community along 
with several other villages across Egypt. The Foun-
dation  deploys  an  integrated  program  and  vision 
for the communities it helps that include economic, 
social and healthcare development initiatives. 

AThe Foundation’s primary services include: 
•  Free healthcare clinics 
•  Loans for entrepreneurial women 
•  Educational  services  for  the  children  of  Al 

Duweiqa community 

   IDH commits up to 1% of 
the net after-tax profit of 
the subsidiaries Al Borg 
and Al Mokhtabar to the 
Moamena Kamel Foundation 
for Training and Skill 
Development

•  Providing  food  for  families  in  need  of  such 

assistance 

•  Coverage  of  running  costs  for  the  ICU  at 
Cairo’s public-sector Kasr El Aini Hospital 
•  IDH has also been expanding the reach of its 
Corporate  Responsibility  initiatives in recent 
years to include: 

•  Additional  services  to  Kasr  El  Aini  Hospital 
that include providing medical supplies to the 
ICU  and  other  units;  monthly  incentives  for 
nurses in the ICU; and 12-20 hospital beds 
•  Financial  and  in-kind  support  to  El  Manial 

Hospital 

•  Financial and in-kind support to the Egyptian 

people during natural disasters 

•  Ramadan  Iftar  ( feast)  meals  to  underprivi-
leged  Egyptians  during  the  holy  month  of 
Ramadan 

•  Free  medical  tests  to  underprivileged  Egyp-

tian children 

•  Sponsorship of medical convoys to the city of 

Fayoum

60 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  61

 Corporate
Governance

 Best industry practices in governance to build
 a profitable and sustainable business as well as
safeguarding shareholder interests

62 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  63

Corporate Governance  //  Board of Directors

 Board of
Directors

IDH’s Board of Directors is comprised of four independent members, one non-executive member 
and one executive director, all of whom offer significant experience in the healthcare market, MENA 
region and investment activities.

Lord St John of Blesto (Age 62)
Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini (Age 51)
Group Chief Executive Officer

Dr.  El  Sherbini  is  a  professor  of 
clinical  pathology  at  the  Faculty  of 
Medicine, Cairo University and cur-
rently sits on the board of American 
Society of Clinical Pathology (Egypt) 
and  consults  on  the  international 
certification  process.  She  received 
her MBBCh, Masters in Clinical and 
Chemical  pathology,  PhD  in  Immu-
nology  from  Cairo  University,  and 
MBA from London Business School. 
Dr.  El  Sherbini  served  as  CEO  of  Al 
Mokhtabar since 2004, until becom-
ing CEO of the Group in 2012

Lord St John has been a member of 
the  House  of  Lords  of  the  U.K.  Par-
liament  since  1978  and  is  currently 
Deputy Chairman of Strand Hanson 
Ltd.,  Non-Executive  Chairman  of 
Global Resources Investment Trust, 
a  member  of  the  Advisory  Board  of 
Silicon  Valley  Bank,  Non-Executive 
Director  of  Albion  Ventures  LLP, 
Chairman  of  the  Governing  Board 
of  Certification  International  and 
holds  advisory  roles  with  Milio 
International, Alliance Media Group 
USA, Sapinda and ABN Corporation. 
Lord  St  John  received  a  BA  and  a 
BSocSc  in  Psychology  from  Cape 
Town  University,  a  BProc  in  Law 
from  the  University  of  South  Africa 
and an LLM from the London School 
of Economics.

64 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Hussein Choucri  (Age 69)
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee

Mr.  Choucri  is  Chairman  and  Man-
aging  Director  of  HC  Securities  & 
Investment, which he established in 
May  1996.  He  currently  sits  on  the 
boards  of  EDITA  Food  Industries 
S.A.E  and  SODIC  (Sixth  of  October 
Development  &  Investment  Com-
pany), as well as the Egyptian British 
Business  Council  and  the  Egyptian 
Greek Business Council. Mr. Choucri 
served  as  a  Managing  Director  of 
Morgan  Stanley  from  1987  to  1993 
and  served  as  Advisory  Director  at 
Morgan Stanley from 1993-2007. He 
received  his  Management  Diploma 
from  the  American  University  in 
Cairo in 1978.

 
James Patrick Nolan (Age 60)
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee

Dan Olsson (Age 54)
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Richard Henry Phillips (Age 55)
Non-Executive Director

Mr.  Olsson  has  long  and  extensive 
international  experience 
in  the 
diagnostic  and  healthcare  ser-
vices  sector,  where  he  has  served 
in  a  range  of  executive  positions. 
Among  others  as  head  of  diagnos-
tics  in  the  pan-European  health-
care group Capio, CEO of Unilabs, a 
pan-European  diagnostic  provider, 
CEO  of  Helsa,  a  Swedish  health-
care group as well as CEO of Team 
Olivia Group, a Nordic care services 
group. Mr. Olsson has worked in the 
healthcare  sector  since  1999.  Mr. 
Olsson  studied  economics  at  the 
University of Lund in Sweden.

Mr.  Phillips  is  a  founding  partner 
of  Actis  LLP,  the  emerging  markets 
private  equity  group.  As  Actis  LLP 
is  one  of  the  Company’s  major 
shareholders, Mr. Phillips is not con-
sidered by the Board as being inde-
pendent.  He  is  the  Head  of  Private 
Equity for Actis and is is a member 
of the Actis Investment Committee. 
Mr. Phillips is a director on the board 
of a number of companies including 
Emerging Markets Knowledge Hold-
ings  (Mauritius)  Limited,  Les  Labo-
ratoires  Medis  SA,  and  others.  Mr. 
Phillips holds a degree in Economics 
from the University of Exeter.

Mr. Nolan is an Independent Direc-
tor.  He  recently  joined  Intertrust 
as  Head  of  Strategy  and  Mergers  & 
Acquisitions.  Prior  to  that  he  spent 
15  years  with  Royal  Philips  NV,  lat-
terly as Head of Mergers & Acquisi-
tions,  and  has  also  served  as  Head 
of  Mergers  &  Acquisitions  at  Veon 
Inc., a major mobile telecoms opera-
tor  in  Emerging  Markets.  During 
his  time  at  Philips,  he  led  a  series 
of  acquisitions  in  diagnostic  imag-
ing, an area in which Philips is now 
a  global  leader.  He  has  extensive 
quoted-company  board  experience 
having  served  on  the  boards  of 
M*Modal  Inc.,  Navteq  Inc  and  SHL 
Telemedicine Ltd. Mr. Nolan gradu-
ated from Oxford University in Law 
in 1983 and is a qualified barrister in 
England and Wales. He also holds an 
MBA from INSEAD.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  65

Corporate Governance  //  Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance 
Report

Your  Board  of  Directors  (“the  Board”)  is 
responsible  for  providing  strong  leadership 
and  effective  decision  making,  safeguarding 
in  the  process  the  interests  of  all  sharehold-
ers of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings. Under 
my  chairmanship,  the  Board  has  maintained 
an  unwavering  commitment  to  provide  over-
sight  and  guidance  to  senior  management  as 
the  Group  continues  to  execute  its  regional 
growth strategy.  

IDH has a standard listing on the London Stock 
Exchange  and  is  thus  not  required  to  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  the  2018  U.K.  Corpo-
rate Governance Code (“the Code”) as issued by 
the Financial Reporting Council, nor does IDH 
voluntarily comply with the Code. That said, it 
is the view of your Board that we continue our 
path  of  improving  our  corporate  governance 
structure. We strongly believe that the gradual 
adoption  of  best  industry  practices  in  gover-
nance will assist us in building a profitable and 
sustainable  business  as  well  as  safeguarding 
shareholder interests.

We  are  compliant  with  Financial  Conduct 
Authority  Disclosure  Guidance  and  Transpar-
ency Rules (DTR) subchapters 7.1 and 7.2, which 
set out certain mandatory disclosures: 7.1 con-
cerns audit committees and bodies carrying out 
equivalent  functions;  7.2  concerns  corporate 
governance  standards  that  are  included  in  the 
Directors Report or, in this case, as part of the 
Strategic Review (DTR 7.2.1). 

To that end, we have an Audit Committee as well 
as Remuneration and Nomination Committees. 

The  Board  may  establish  additional  commit-
tees as appropriate going forward. This Annual 
Report  includes  reports  from  both  the  Audit 
and Remuneration Committees. 

Your Board aims to work towards implementing 
best practices in corporate governance, calling 
on both the expertise of individual Directors as 
well  as  that  of  outside  parties,  including  legal 
counsel and global professional services firms.  

Functioning of the Board
We met five times as a Board during the course 
of  2019  and  have  invested  significant  time 
discussing and evaluating the Group’s strategy 
and prospects for future growth, the outcome 
of which is presented in our statement of strat-
egy on page 38. We are confident that we have 
in place the right strategy and the right man-
agement  team  to  deliver  shareholder  returns 
going forward. 

Composition of the Board
Under  its  Articles  of  Association,  the  Group 
must have a minimum of two Directors. While 
there is no maximum number of Directors, the 
Board  presently  includes  six  Board  members 
and  has  no  intention  at  present  of  appointing 
additional members. Notably, Directors have no 
share qualification, meaning they do not need to 
be shareholders of the Group in order to serve. 

I am pleased to report that we have four Inde-
pendent  Non-Executive  Directors.  Together, 
the  Directors  offer  IDH  a  world  standard  mix 
of expertise in areas including strategy, finance 
and  medical  diagnostics  —  as  well  as  diverse 

66 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
experience  in  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and 
Africa. We have relevant commercial and tech-
nical  experience  to  help  direct  the  Group  as  it 
delivers on its strategy in a very technical field 
and across rapidly changing geographies.

Your Board in 2019 and their biographies are set 
out  on  pages  64  and  65  of  this  Annual  Report 
and are summarised in the following table.

Board of Directors of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings Plc 

Name

Position (Date of Appointment)

Lord St John of Blesto

Independent Non-Executive Chairman (12 January 2015)

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini

Group Chief Executive Officer ( 23 December 2014)

Hussein Choucri

Independent Non-Executive Director ( 12 January 2015)

James Patrick Nolan

Independent Non-Executive Director (8 April 2015)

Dan Olsson

Independent Non-Executive Director (12 January 2015)

Richard Henry Phillips

Non-Executive Director (23 December 2014)

Leadership 
We continue  to operate on  the basis of  a clear 
division  of  responsibilities  between  the  role 
of  the  Chairman  and  that  of  the  Group  Chief 
Executive. This segregation of roles was agreed 
at the Board meeting held 12 January 2015. The 
Board  continues  to  believe  that  this  segrega-
tion  of  roles  remains  appropriate,  taking  into 
account the size and structure of the Group. 

As Chairman, I ensure the Board is effective in 
the execution of all aspects of its role. The Group 
Chief Executive Officer, meanwhile, is responsi-
ble for managing the day-to-day running of the 
business.  In  this,  she  is  supported  by  a  senior 
management team. The Group Chief Executive 
and  I  have  a  good  working  relationship  and 

discuss  matters  of  Group  strategy  and  perfor-
mance on a regular basis. 

We  also  work  together  to  ensure  that  Board 
meetings  cover  relevant  matters,  including  a 
quarterly  review  of  financial  and  operational 
(including  key  performance 
performance 
indicators), and in partnership with the Group 
secretary ensure that all Directors: 
•  are kept advised of key developments;
•  receive accurate, timely and clear information 
upon  which  to  call  in  the  execution  of  their 
duties; and

•  actively  participate  in  the  decision-making 

process. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  67

Corporate Governance  //  Corporate Governance Report

Agendas for meetings of the Board are reviewed 
and  agreed  in  advance  to  ensure  each  Board 
meeting  is  efficiently  run,  allowing  all  Direc-
tors  to  openly  and  constructively  challenge  the 
proposals  made  by  the  Group’s  senior  manage-
ment. I am pleased to report that throughout the 
year, each Director has properly exercised those 
powers with which they have been vested by the 
Group’s Articles of Association and relevant laws.

The Board operates under a Schedule of Matters 
Reserved,  the  details  of  which  are  unchanged 
since our last Annual Report. Matters reserved 
to the Board means any decision that may affect 
the overall direction, supervision and manage-
ment of the Group, including, but not limited to:

•  approving annually a strategic plan and objec-
tives for the following year for the Group;

•  approving any decision to cease to operate all 
or any material part of the Group’s business or 
to enter into any new business or geographic 
areas;

•  monitoring  the  delivery  of  the  Group’s  strat-
egy, objectives, business plan and budget;
•  adopting  or  amending  the  Group’s  business 

plan or annual budget;

•  approving the Group’s  annual report and ac-
counts  and  half-yearly  financial  statements 
and/or  any  change  in  the  accounting  prin-
ciples  or  tax  policies  of  any  member  of  the 
IDH  group  and/or  any  change  in  the  end  of 
the  financial  year  of  any  member  of  the  IDH 
group except as contemplated by the business 
plan or annual budget, as required by law or to 
comply with a new accounting standard;

•  any  member  of  the  IDH  group  declaring  or 

paying any dividend or distribution; 

•  approving  the  issue  of  all  circulars,  prospec-
tuses, listing particulars and general meeting 
notices to shareholders of the Group;

   The Board has the skills, 
talent and industry 
knowledge it needs to 
effectively deliver the 
Group’s agreed strategy

•  ensuring  the  Group  has  effective  systems 
of  internal  control  and  risk  management  in 
place  by  (i)  approving  the  Group’s  risk  appe-
tite statements and (ii) approving policies and 
procedures for the detection of fraud, the pre-
vention of bribery and other areas considered 
by the Board to be material;

•  undertaking an annual review of the effective-
ness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and 
internal control and reporting on that review 
in  the  Group’s  annual  report.  The  review 
should cover all controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls and risk 
management; 

•  carrying out a robust assessment of the prin-
cipal  risks  facing  the  Group,  including  those 
that threaten its business, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity and to report on such as-
sessment in the Group’s annual report; and
•  reviewing  the  Group’s  overall  corporate  gov-
ernance  arrangements  and  approving  any 
changes thereto.

Apart  from  these  Reserved  matters,  the  Board 
delegates specific items to its principal commit-
tees,  namely  the  committees  on  Audit,  Remu-
neration  and  Nomination.  Each  Committee  is 
authorised  to  seek  any  information  it  requires 
from senior management.

68 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Below are brief recaps on each of these committees. Reports from the Chairmen of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees appear starting pages 74 and 78 of this Annual Report, respectively.

Board Meetings During 2019
Your Board of Directors held five meetings in 2019: 

Meeting Date

Meeting Location

28 January 2019

Conference call (annual budget approval)

20 March 2019

14 May 2019

9 September 2019

London

Egypt

London

24 November 2019

Bahamas

The following standing items are considered at 
each meeting:
•  Determines that notice was given and that a 
quorum for the meeting has been obtained;
•  Hears  declarations  of  interest  and  considers 

any conflicts of interest that may arise; 
•  Establishes the purpose of the meeting; and
•  Reviews and approves minutes of the previous 

meeting of the Board.

Details  of  our  Directors’  attendance  at  Board 
and Committee meetings are shown in the table 
on  page  71.  In  the  event  that  any  Director  is 
unable to attend a meeting of the Board or Com-
mittee  of  which  they  are  a  member,  he  or  she 
receives  the  necessary  papers,  including  agen-
das, meeting outcomes and any documents pre-
sented for review or information. Furthermore, 
I endeavour to discuss with them in advance of 
the meeting to obtain their views and decisions 
on the proposals to be considered.  

of  our  Directors  one  on  one  —  and  drawing 
on  my  past  experience  as  a  Director  —  I  am 
confident  that  the  Board  has  the  skills,  talent 
and  industry  knowledge  it  needs  to  effectively 
deliver the Group’s agreed strategy. In addition, 
the  Board  has  undertaken  a  formal  evaluation 
process,  facilitated  by  the  Company  Secretary, 
with  involved  self-evaluation  by  each  Director, 
an  assessment  of  the  Chairman,  the  Board  as 
a  whole  and  the  Committees  with  particular 
focus on:
•  strategic matters;
•  stakeholder considerations;
•  succession planning;
• 
•  environmental, social and governance policies.

 corporate culture; and

The results of the evaluation are being carefully 
considered  and  the  actions  for  prioritisation 
will be determined by the Board to implement 
during the next 12 months.  

Effectiveness 
Having  spent  considerable  time  in  both  for-
mal  meetings  and  in  learning  about  the  skills 

It is my considered judgement that the Board 
receives  from  senior  management  sufficiently 
detailed budgets, forecasts, strategy proposals, 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  69

Corporate Governance  //  Corporate Governance Report

reviews  of  the  Group’s  financial  position  and 
operating  performance,  and  annual  and  half 
yearly reports to ensure that it may be effective. 
This enables us to effectively ask questions of 
senior  management  and  to  hold  discussions 
on  the  Group’s  strategy  and  performance.  In 
2019,  senior  management  delivered  regular 
reports to the Board ahead of regularly sched-
uled Board meetings.

All meetings of the Board and its Committees are 
minuted by the Group Secretary or a designated 

alternate.  Any  concerns  raised  by  Directors  are 
clearly  recorded  in  the  minutes  of  each  meet-
ing.  I  review  Board  minutes  in  my  capacity  as 
Chairman before these minutes are circulated to 
all  Directors  in  attendance  and  then  tabled  for 
approval at the next meeting, at which time any 
necessary amendments are made.

The  Group  has  obtained  customary  directors’ 
and  officers’  indemnity  insurance  covering  the 
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors.

Overview of the Nomination Committee
The  Nomination  Committee  assists  the  Board  in  reviewing  the  structure,  size  and  composition 
of the Board. It is also responsible for reviewing succession plans for the Directors, including the 
Chairman and Chief Executive and other senior management. 

I note in this instance that all members of the Nomination Committee are Non-Executive Directors

Name

Position

Lord St John of Blesto

Chairman of the Committee

Hussein Choucri

Committee Member

Dan Olsson

Committee Member

Overview of the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee recommends the Group’s policy on executive remuneration deter-
mines the levels of remuneration for Executive Directors and the Chairman and other senior man-
agement and prepares an annual remuneration report. 

The full report of the Remuneration Committee for 2019 appears starting on page 78 of this Annual 
Report.

Name

Position

Hussein Choucri

Chairman of the Committee

James Patrick Nolan

Committee Member

Dan Olsson

Committee Member

70 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
 
Overview of the Audit Committee
The  Audit  Committee’s  role  is  to  assist  the 
Board with the discharge of its responsibilities 
in  relation  to  financial  reporting,  including: 
reviewing  the  Group’s  annual  and  half-year 
financial  statements  and  accounting  policies 
and internal and external audits and controls; 
reviewing  and  monitoring  the  independence 
and  scope  of  the  annual  audit  and  the  extent 
of the non-audit work undertaken by external 
auditors;  advising  on  the  appointment  of 
external auditors; and reviewing the effective-
ness  of  the  internal  audit,  internal  controls, 

whistleblowing  and  fraud  systems  in  place 
within  the  Group.  The  Audit  Committee  will 
meet not less than three times a year.

The Audit Committee comprises three Independent 
Non-Executive  Directors  who  hold  the  necessary 
competence in accounting and /or auditing, recent 
financial experience and have competence relevant 
to the sector in which the Group is operating. 

The full report of the Audit Committee for 2019 
appears starting on page 74 of this Annual Report

Name

Position

James Patrick Nolan

Chairman of the Committee

Hussein Choucri

Committee Member

Dan Olsson

Committee Member

Table of Director Attendance at 2019 Meetings

Name

Board

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination

Number of Meetings

Directors:

Lord St John of Blesto

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini

Hussein Choucri

James Patrick Nolan

Dan Olsson

Richard Henry Phillips

5

5

5

3

4

5

5

2

-

-

1

1

2

-

1

-

-

1

1

1

-

0

-

-

-

-

-

-

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  71

Corporate Governance  //  Corporate Governance Report

Internal Control and Risk 
Management
Given the business and geographies in which the 
Group operates, I believe as Chairman that risk 
mitigation  will  be  key  not  just  to  the  creation 
and preservation of shareholder value, but in the 
Group’s  growth  going  forward.  The  Company’s 
risk  matrix,  outlined  on  pages  42-49,  is  suffi-
ciently vital that it must be owned equally by the 
management team and members of the Board. 

Our view as a Board is that the Group must be 
proactive on risk in order to meet shareholder 
expectations, and I have advised that I expect 
the IDH management team to be ahead of the 
curve in this area. You may expect risk and its 
mitigation will be a theme to which your Board 
returns repeatedly in 2020, as we did in 2019. 

The  Board  has  ultimate  responsibility  for  the 
Group’s internal controls; however, they have del-
egated oversight of the Group’s system of internal 
controls to the Audit Committee so as to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and the interests of share-
holders.  The  Audit  Committee  thus  reviews  the 
effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  internal  controls  on 
an ongoing basis to ensure the keeping of proper 
accounting  records,  safeguarding  the  assets  of 
the Group and detecting fraud and other irregu-
larities. The Audit Committee reports back to the 
Board with their findings and recommendations. 

The  Board  has  accordingly  established  that 
the  Group  has  in  place  internal  controls  to 
manage risk including:
•  the  identification  and  management  of  risk 
at  the  level  of  operating  departments  by  the 
heads of those departments; and

•  regular  Board  level  discussion  of  the  major 
business  risks  of  the  Group,  together  with 
measures being taken to contain and mitigate 
those risks.

The  Group’s  principal  risks  and  uncertainties 
and  mitigation  for  them  are  set  out  on  pages 
42-49 of this Annual Report.

Your Board has furthermore put in place a con-
trol framework at the Group level that applies 
to all subsidiaries, including:
•  Board  approval  of  the  overall  Group  budget 

and strategic plans;

•  a  clear  organisational  structure  delineating 
lines of responsibility, authorities and report-
ing requirements;

•  defined expenditure authorisation levels;
•  a  regular  process  for  operational  reviews  at 
the  senior  management  level  on  a  weekly, 
monthly  and  quarterly  basis  covering  all  as-
pects of the business;

•  a  strategic  planning  process  that  defines  the 
key  steps  senior  management  must  take  to 
deliver on the Group’s long term strategy;
•  a comprehensive system of financial reporting 
including  weekly  flash  reports  to  manage-
ment,  monthly  reporting  to  management 
and an annual budget process involving both 
senior management and the Board; the Board 
received reports on a quarterly basis in 2019. 
•  as  part  of  the  reporting  process  in  2019, 
management  reviewed  monthly  and  year-to-
date actual results against prior year, against 
budget  and  against  forecast;  these  reports 
were  circulated  to  the  Board;  any  significant 
changes  and  adverse  variances  are  reviewed 
by  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  by  senior 
management  and  remedial  action  is  taken 
where appropriate.

Investor Relations
Engagement with shareholders continues to be 
a key function at both the senior management 
and  the  Board  level.  Our  investor  relations 
function held numerous meetings with current 
and  potential  investors  during  the  course  of 
the year. Management met investors at several 
investor  conferences  in  New  York,  London, 
Dubai  and  Cape  Town;  welcomed  potential 
and current investors to meetings in Cairo; and 
handled  queries,  whether  delivered  verbally  or 
in writing, from more than 100 investors.

72 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
We  published  both  half-  and  full-year  results 
and 
further  released  trading  updates  on 
performance  at  the  three-  and  nine-month 
periods.  We  intend  to  continue  publishing 
trading  updates  at  the  first-  and  third-quarter 
marks in 2020, while simultaneously meeting the 
minimum regulatory disclosure as required of a 
UK Standard listed entity. 

The  Board  communicates  with  shareholders 
through  public  announcements  disseminated 
via  the  London  Stock  Exchange,  analyst  brief-
ings,  roadshows  and  press  interviews.  Copies 
of  public  announcements  and  financial  results 
are published on the Group’s website, along with 
a  number  of  other  investor  relations  tools.  It  is 
worth highlighting that the Group launched new 
corporate and investor relations websites in 2018, 
offering  more  comprehensive  and  better  struc-
tured information on the Group along with addi-
tional shareholder tools and a richer interface. 

IDH  also  retained  the  services  of  outside  con-
sultants  to  help  enhance  its  public  relations 
outfit  Hudson  Sandler  in  London  to  advise  the 
company, increase media traction and widen our 
audience  as  well  as  organize  results  meetings 
to  better  communicate  IDH’s  on-the-ground 
performance.  Hudson  Sandler  are  working  in 
partnership  with  IDH’s  Cairo-based  investor 
relations advisors Inktank Communications.

The  Board  receives  regular  updates  from  the 
senior management team on the views of major 
shareholders  and  on  milestones  in  the  investor 
relations program. We will continue throughout 
2020  to  grow  our  investor  relations  program  to 
ensure  that  our  shareholders  and  stakeholders 
remain  informed  of  the  Group’s  strategy  and 
ongoing financial and business performance.

Where possible we follow corporate governance 
best  practice  to  send  a  Notice  of  Meeting  of  an 
Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  and  related 
papers to shareholders at least 20 working days 
prior to the meeting. 

The  Group’s  fifth  Annual  General  Meeting  as  a 
listed company will be held virtually on 23 June 
2020. Shareholders are encouraged to attend the 
AGM and to ask questions about the business, its 
financial performance and its strategy. All Board 
members are scheduled to attend the upcoming 
AGM.  Details  of  the  AGM  are  included  in  the 
Notice of Meeting that accompanies this Annual 
Report and which is available on our website.

At the AGM, all of the Group’s Directors will retire 
and submit themselves for re-election. 

The  outcome  of  the  voting  at  the  AGM  will  be 
announced by way of a London Stock Exchange 
announcement and full details will be published 
on the Group’s website shortly after the AGM. 

Limitations of this Report
As  I  noted  earlier,  the  Group  is  not  bound  to 
adhere to the requirements of the 2018 U.K. Code 
of Corporate Governance. Nevertheless, we have 
endeavoured  to  ensure  that  this  Annual  Report 
is, as a whole, fair, balanced and understandable.

In formulating this Annual Report, we have called 
on  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  her  senior 
management staff to provide us with clear docu-
mentary  evidence  of  the  Group’s  performance 
and policies for 2019. The Audit Committee has 
confirmed  to  us  that  the  financial  statements 
as contained in the 2019 Annual Report are true 
and fair and that the work of the external auditor 
has been accurate and effective.

Annual Reporting and Annual 
General Meeting of Shareholders
We typically publish our Annual Report in March 
in respect of the prior year ended 31 December. 

Lord St John of Bletso
Chairman
27 April 2020

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  73

Corporate Governance  //  Audit Committee Report

Audit Committee
Report

  The Audit Committee is 
responsible for overseeing 
IDH’s internal financial 
reporting and ensuring 
the integrity of the Group’s 
financial statements

James Nolan 
Chairman, Audit Committee

The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  over-
seeing  IDH’s  internal  financial  reporting  and 
ensuring  the  integrity  of  the  Group’s  financial 
statements.  The  Committee  is  also  responsible 
for  reviewing  and  monitoring  the  effectiveness 
of  the  Group’s  risk  management  processes  and 
internal  controls,  as  well  as  for  ensuring  that 
audit processes are robust.

At the date of this report, the Audit Committee 
comprises three Non-Executive Directors, all of 
whom are considered independent. In addition 
to  myself,  the  members  are  Dan  Olsson  and 
Hussein Choucri.

2019  marked  my  fifth  year  as  Chairman  of  the 
Audit Committee, having been appointed to that 
role owing to my relevant financial experience as 
required by the Code. I have served on the audit 
committees of three publicly quoted companies 
in  the  past.  I  have  held  the  positions  of  Global 

Head of Mergers & Acquisitions both at Veon and 
at Royal Philips. I hold an MBA from INSEAD and 
studied law at university. The other members of 
the Committee have a broad range of appropri-
ate skills and experience covering financial and 
healthcare  industry  matters  and  their  biogra-
phies are summarised on pages 64 and 65. I am 
very grateful for their valuable contributions and 
am happy that we work well together as a team.

During  2019,  the  Audit  Committee  convened 
twice, once in March and once in September. We 
provided governance of external financial report-
ing,  risk  management  and  internal  controls  and 
reported  our  findings  and  recommendations  to 
the Board. Outside of scheduled committee meet-
ings,  the  Audit  Committee  also  communicated 
throughout 2019 on an as-needed basis with the 
Group Chief Financial Officer and with KPMG as 
our  external  auditors.    Going  forward,  the  Audit 
Committee would aim to meet three time per year.

74 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
The  audit  partner  and  audit  manager  from  the 
Group’s external auditor, KPMG, are invited to attend 
meetings of the Committee on a regular basis. Dur-
ing 2019, they attended meetings in whole or in part, 
both in person and by telephone. The Vice-President 
Finance and Strategy, who is not a member of the 
executive board, attends our meetings by invitation, 
and  other  members  of  the  senior  management 
team attend as required; these include the Director 
of Investor Relations and the Group Secretary. 

There are also private meetings between the Audit 
Committee and the external auditor outside the 
half-year and year end timetable at which senior 
management is not present. The Committee will 
continue with the practice of meeting in private 
with the external auditor in the future.

FRC Audit Quality Review 
The  FRC  is  the  UK’s  independent  regulator 
responsible for promoting high-quality corporate 
governance  and  reporting  to  foster  investment. 
The  FRC’s  responsibilities  include  independent 
monitoring  of  audits  of  listed  and  certain  other 
public interest entities performed by firms regis-
tered to conduct audits in the UK by a Recognised 
Supervisory  Body  ( further  details  are  set  out  on 
the FRC’s website). This monitoring is performed 
by  the  FRC’s  Audit  Quality  Review  (‘AQR’)  team. 
The  reviews  of  individual  audit  engagements 
are  intended  to  contribute  to  safeguarding  and 
promoting improvement in the overall quality of 
auditing in the UK. The Group’s previous accounts 
have not been subject to a review in the period.

Roles and Duties of the Audit 
Committee
The Audit Committee’s role is to assist the Board 
with the discharge of its responsibilities in rela-
tion to financial reporting, including:

•  reviewing  the  Group’s  annual  and  half-year 

financial statements;

•  reviewing  the  Group’s  accounting  policies, 
internal and external audits and controls;
•  reviewing  and  monitoring  the  scope  of  the 
annual audit and the extent of the non-audit 
work undertaken by external auditors; and 
•  advising on the appointment of external audi-
tors and reviewing the effectiveness of the in-
ternal audit, internal controls, whistleblowing 
and fraud systems in place within the Group.

During  its  scheduled  meetings,  the  Committee 
also considers the following matters:
•  confirm  compliance  with  Directors’  duties 
and consider any new conflicts of interest;

•  review minutes of previous meetings;
•  review actions from previous meetings; and
•  review progress against current year objectives.

Audit Committee Meetings 
During 2019
During 2019 the Audit Committee had two sched-
uled meetings, one in March and one in September. 
At each scheduled meeting, the Committee consid-
ers the matters outlined above under the subhead-
ing “Roles and Duties of the Audit Committee.”

Meeting Dates

20 March 2019

9 September 2019

Significant Issues
The  Committee  considered  several  significant 
accounting  issues,  matters  and  judgements 
in  relation  to  the  Group’s  financial  statements 
and  disclosures  for  the  year  ended  31  Decem-
ber  2019.  As  part  of  the  half-year  and  full-year 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  75

Corporate Governance  //  Audit Committee Report

reporting process, management communicates 
key  accounting  issues  to  the  Committee,  and 
the external auditor is asked to comment on the 
key  significant  areas  of  accounting  judgement 
and  disclosure.  The  information  presented  is 
used by the Committee to critically review and 
assess  the  key  policies  and  judgements  that 

have  been  applied,  the  consistency  of  policy 
application from year to year and the appropri-
ateness of key disclosures made, together with 
compliance  with  the  applicable  accounting 
standards.  The  significant  issue  arising  and  a 
description of how it was addressed is shown in 
the following table:

Issue

How it is being addressed

During 2019, management has mitigated the 
risk  through  manual  reconciliation  and  has 
purchased  IFRS  16  software  from  SAP  with 
the aim of having it operational in 2H 2020.

IDH  adopted  IFRS  16  for  annual  reporting 
periods beginning on 1 January 2019.

IFRS  16  introduces  a  single  lessee  accounting 
model and requires a lessee to recognize assets 
and liabilities for all leases with a term of more 
than  12  months,  unless  the  underlying  asset  is 
of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a 
right-of-use asset representing its right to use the 
underlying leased asset and a lease liability rep-
resenting its obligation to make lease payments.

Giving that IDH has more than 500 contracts, 
and  that  the  calculation  is  currently  con-
ducted manually on excel sheets, there were a 
number of manual errors in the lease calcula-
tions resulting from human error on entering 
contractual information.

Issue

How it is being addressed

The  Group  has  considered  the  impact  of 
COVID-19 on the adoption of the going con-
cern basis of preparation.

The  Group  has  considered  several  downside 
scenarios and stress tests. One of the stress tests 
considered  the  following  key  assumptions:  a 
complete  lockdown  with  a  substantial  loss  of 
revenue by more than 75% for a period of eight 
months  ( from  May  to  December),  no  fixed 
costs reductions, forecasted capital expenditure 
(mainly  the  yearly  expansionary  plan  of  open-
ing new branches that are not required for the 
current operation) reduced in 2020 by 86%, and 
cessation of dividend payments. The conducted 
stress test displayed the ability of full repayment 
of  the  existing  loans  balances.  The  downside 
scenarios showed that the Group’s current finan-
cial position and cash balance will alleviate any 
potential downside risk in the Group’s cash flow 
generated from its operational activities, thus the 
Directors  continue  to  adopt  the  going  concern 
basis in preparing the financial information.

76 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
determine  that,  taken  as  a  whole,  the  Annual 
Report 
is  balanced,  understandable  and 
provides  the  information  necessary  for  share-
holders to assess the Group’s position and per-
formance, business model and strategy. It is the 
Audit  Committee’s  role  to  assist  the  Board  in 
discharging  its  responsibilities  with  regards  to 
financial reporting, external and internal audits 
and controls. Following a review of the process 
around  the  annual  audit  and  the  content  of 
the financial statements, the Audit Committee 
advised  the  Board  at  its  meeting  on  25  March 
2020 that is was their opinion that the financial 
statements  as  at  31  December  2019  provide  a 
true and fair view of the financial performance 
of the Group and recommend that it be adopted 
by  the  Board  and  recommended  to  sharehold-
ers  for  approval  at  the  forthcoming  Annual 
General Meeting. 

The  Audit  Committee  has  recommended  to 
the Board that the Auditors be put forward for 
re-election  at  the  forthcoming  Annual  General 
Meeting. The Committee arrived at this recom-
mendation  after  having:  met  with  the  Audit 
partner  and  Audit  team;  reviewed  the  quality 
of  the  Auditors’  reports  and  the  quality  of  the 
work  undertaken  in  respect  of  the  half-yearly 
and Annual Report; considered the Audit fees of 
both  Audit  and  Non-Audit  work;  and  reviewed 
the Auditors’ independence.

James Nolan 
Chairman, Audit Committee
27 April 2020

External Auditor
KPMG  has  acted  as  the  Group’s  external 
auditor  since  appointment  in  July  2015,  with 
Mr.  David  Neale  serving  as  audit  partner  on 
behalf of KPMG since August 2017.The Audi-
tors’  independence  was  considered  by  the 
Committee  during  the  year  and  following 
careful  consideration,  it  was  agreed  that  the 
Auditors  remained  independent.  We  aim  to 
comply  with  the  requirement  to  rotate  the 
audit  partner  every  five  years,  and  thus  the 
term  of  appointment  of  our  audit  partner  is 
expected to end in 2022. 

In  acknowledgment  of  the  Competition  and 
Markets  Authority’s  proposal  that  companies 
must put their statutory audit engagement out 
to tender at least every ten years, it is possible 
that we will tender the audit process in 2025, or 
earlier if KPMG’s performance falls short of the 
Audit Committee’s expectations.

Provision of Non-Audit Services
IDH may, on occasion, retain the external audi-
tor for non-audit services on matters including 
accounting  advice  in  relation  to  acquisitions 
and  divestments,  corporate  governance  and 
risk management advice, among other services.  

The  Audit  Committee  reviewed  the  work  com-
pleted  by  the  external  auditor,  as  well  as  the 
provision  of  non-audit  services  to  ensure  that 
the  auditor  maintained  its  independence.  The 
Audit  Committee  confirms  that  during  2019, 
EGP  164,000  was  paid  to  KPMG  in  respect  of 
non-audit work compared to the audit fee for the 
Group  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended 
31 December 2019 of EGP 14,211,000 (audit fee 
for the Group financial statements for the year 
ended  31  December  2018:  EGP  8,972,000). This 
non-audit work was related to the review of the 
half year financial statements and tax services.

Recommendation
Ultimately,  it  is  the  Board’s  responsibility  to 
review  and  approve  the  Group’s  full-year  and 
half-year  financial  statements,  as  well  as  to 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  77

Corporate Governance  //  Remuneration Committee Report

Remuneration Committee
Report

Hussein Choucri 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

In this report from the Remuneration Committee, 
I outline on behalf of my colleagues and myself the 
basis on which Directors and select members of 
senior management will be remunerated for their 
service in 2019. A detailed discussion of the basis 
on which the aforementioned (as well as one key 
member  of  senior  management)  were  remuner-
ated for their service in 2019 appears below and is 
summarised in tabular form on page 79.

Chairman:  Lord  St  John  of  Bletso  is  entitled  to 
receive an annual salary of US$ 75,000. He is entitled 
to the reimbursement of reasonable expenses.

Independent Non-Executive Directors: Hussein 
Choucri,  James  Patrick  Nolan  and  Dan  Olsson 
have  been  engaged  by  the  Group  as  Indepen-
dent  Non-Executive  Directors  under  letters 
of  appointment.  Hussein  Choucri  and  Dan 

Remuneration Committee 
Meetings During 2019

Meeting Dates

25 February 2019 (Conference Call) 

Olsson are each entitled to an annual fee of US$ 
55,000, while James Patrick Nolan is entitled to 
an  annual  fee  of  US$  60,000.  The  Independent 
Non-Executive  Directors  are  all  entitled  to  the 
reimbursement of reasonable expenses.

Non-Executive  Directors:  Richard  Henry  Phil-
lips  has  been  engaged  by  the  Group  as  a  Non-
Executive Director under letter of appointment. 
He  will  not  be  entitled  to  receive  any  fee  from 
the  Group  for  this  role.  The  Non-Executive 
Directors are all entitled to the reimbursement 
of reasonable expenses

78 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Remuneration of Directors in 2019*

Name**

Base Salary / 

Base Salary / 

Annual Bonus 

Annual Bonus 

Total 2019

Total 2018

fees 2019

fees 2018

2019

2018

Executive Director

Dr. Hend El Sherbini1 

9,025,201

7,942,500

450,000

450,000

9,475,201

8,392,500

Non-Executive Director

Lord St John of Blesto

1,226,813

1,323,563

Hussein Choucri

462,078

974,279

James Patrick Nolan

981,450

1,062,850

Dan Olsson

899,663

974,279

Richard Henry Phillips2 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,226,813

1,323,563

462,078

974,279

981,450

1,062,850

899,663

974,279

-

-

* There are no taxable benefits, corporate pensions or long-term incentive plans for the Company’s directors. 
** Average USD:EGP exchange rate was 17.71 in 2018 and 16.68 in 2019

Hussein Choucri 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
27 April 2020

1 Dr. Hend El Sherbini receives part of her annual bonus in the form of an annual award amounting to EGP 450,000.
2 Mr. Philips is the board representative of a major shareholder, Actis, and is therefore not remunerated

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  79

Corporate Governance  //  Directors’ Report

Directors’ 
Report

The  statements  and  reviews  on  pages  2  to  49 
comprise  the  Strategic  Report,  which  contains 
certain  information  that  is  incorporated  into 
this  Directors’  Report  by  reference,  including 
indications as to the Group’s likely future busi-
ness developments. 

Directors
The  Directors  who  held  office  at  31  December 
2019  and  up  to  the  date  of  this  report  are  set 
out on pages 64 and 65 along with their photo-
graphs  and  biographies.  The  remuneration  of 
the Directors (including their respective share-
holdings in the Group, where applicable) is set 
out in the Remuneration Report on page 78.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance and 
Indemnification of Directors

Subject  to  the  conditions  set  out  in  the  Com-
panies  ( Jersey)  Law  1991  (as  amended),  the 
Group has arranged appropriate Directors’ and 
Officers’  liability  insurance  to  indemnify  the 
Directors against liability in respect of proceed-
ings  brought  by  third  parties.  Such  provisions 
remain in force at the date of this report.

Principal Activities
The  Group’s  principal  activity  is  the  provision 
of  medical  diagnostics  services.  An  overview 
of the Group’s principal activities is an integral 
component of the Strategic Review included in 
this Annual Report beginning on page 34. 

Message (page 12), Chief Executive’s Report (pages 
14  to  19),  Strategic  Report  (beginning  page  2)  and 
particularly the Performance section (beginning on 
page 50). Financial statements for 2019 appear in the 
Audited Financial Statements (starting on page 84). 

Results and Dividends
The  Group’s  Results  for  2019  are  set  out  in  the 
Audited Financial Statements starting on page 84. 

Due  to  the  Covid-19  pandemic  and  consequent 
uncertainty  regarding  the  macroeconomic  envi-
ronment,  the  Board  of  Directors  has  deemed  it 
more appropriate to focus on retaining resources 
and  will  thus  suspend  the  dividend  decision  till 
September  2020.  At  which  point,  further  consid-
eration will be given to developments in the global 
pandemic  and  confidence  regarding  the  Group’s 
future needs and financial outlook.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  that  may 
affect  IDH’s  business,  as  well  as  their  potential 
mitigants, are outlined on pages 42 to 49 of this 
Annual Report. 

Share Capital
The  Group  has  150,000,000  ordinary  shares  each 
with  a  nominal  value  of  US$  1.00.  There  are  no 
other shares in issue, other than ordinary shares. 
Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements 
on page 133 summarises the rights of the ordinary 
shares as well as the number issued during 2019. 

Business Review and Future 
Developments
A  review  of  the  development  and  performance  of 
the Group’s business forms an integral part of this 
Annual Report in sections including the Chairman’s 

Substantial Share Holdings
As  at  28  February  2020,  the  Company  ascer-
tained from its own analysis that the following 
held interests of 3% or more of the voting rights 
of its issued share capital: 

80 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Shareholder

Number of Voting Rights

of Voting Rights %

Hena Holdings Ltd.

Actis IDH Limited

HSBC Global Asset Mgmt (UK)

Fidelity Management & Research (Boston)

T Rowe Price International (London)

38,245,589

31,500,000

 12,771,933

6,527,469

6,013,635

25.50

21.00

 8.51

4.35

4.01

The  Directors  certify  that  there  are  no  issued 
securities  that  carry  special  rights  with  regard 
to  control  of  the  Company.  There  are  similarly 
no restrictions on voting rights. Chief Executive 
Officer Dr. Hend El-Sherbini jointly holds voting 
rights to shares held by Hena Holdings Ltd. with 
her mother, Dr. Moamena Kamel.

Committees of the Board
The  Board  has  established  Audit,  Nominations 
and Remuneration Committees. Details of these 
Committees,  including  membership  and  their 
activities during 2019, are contained in the Cor-
porate Governance section of this Annual Report 
and in the Remuneration and Audit Reports.

Corporate Responsibility
The  Group’s  report  on  Corporate  Responsibility 
is set out on page 60.

Corporate Governance
The Group’s report on Corporate Governance is 
on pages 62 to 83.

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association set out the 
rights of shareholders including voting rights, dis-
tribution rights, attendance at general meetings, 
powers  of  Directors,  proceedings  of  Directors  as 
well  as  borrowing  limits  and  other  governance 
controls. A copy of the Articles of Association can 
be requested from the Group Company Secretary. 

The Articles of Association may be amended by 
members of the Company via special resolution 
at a General Meeting of the Company. 

Rules on the Appointment and 
Replacement of Directors
Rules  on  the  appointment  and  replacement  of 
Directors  are  set  out  in  the  Group’s  Articles  of 
Association,  a  copy  of  which  may  be  requested 
from the Group Company Secretary.

Agreements Related to Change of 
Control of the Group
No such agreements exist. 

Conflicts of Interest
During the year, no Director held any beneficial 
interest in any contract significant to the Group’s 
business, other than a contract of employment. 
The  Company  has  procedures  set  out  in  the 
Articles of Association for managing conflicts of 
interest.  Should  a  Director  become  aware  that 
they, or their connected parties, have an interest 
in an existing or proposed transaction with the 
Group,  they  are  required  to  notify  the  Board  as 
soon as reasonably practicable.

Political Donations
The Group made no political donations in 2019 
(2018: nil). 

Financial Instruments
The  Group’s  principal  financial  instruments 
comprise  cash  balances,  balances  with  related 
parties, trade receivables and payables and other 
payables and receivables that arise in the normal 
course of business. The Group’s financial instru-
ments risk management objectives and policies 
are set out in Note 2 to the Financial Statements.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  81

Corporate Governance  //  Directors’ Report

Employees
The Group has one (1) Executive Director, namely 
Group  Chief  Executive  Dr.  Hend  El  Sherbini,  as 
identified  in  the  Corporate  Governance  section. 
Her biographical information appears on page 64 
of  this  Annual  Report,  and  her  compensation  is 
reported in the Remuneration Committee Report 
on  page  79.  IDH  has  service  agreements  with 
the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  with  the  Group 
Chief  Financial  Officer,  Mr.  Omar  Bedewy,  who 
is not a Company Director. Dr. Hend El Sherbini 
leads  the  Company’s  Executive  Committee, 
which also includes all heads of departments and 
meets  every  second  week  to  review  and  discuss 
performance,  priorities  and  upcoming  events  in 
light of the Group’s strategic plan. In view of the 
Company’s regional growth plans, IDH is commit-
ted to building out its senior management team 
in  preparation  for  a  larger  footprint.  The  Group 
and its subsidiaries had total of 5,440 employees 
as at 31 December 2019 (2018: 4,942) employed in 
Egypt, Jordan, Sudan and Nigeria.

Creditor Payment Policy
Individual subsidiaries of the Group are respon-
sible  for  agreeing  on  the  terms  and  conditions 
under  which  business  transactions  with  their 
suppliers are conducted. It is the Group’s policy 
that  payments  to  suppliers  are  made  in  accor-
dance with all relevant terms and conditions. 

Going Concern
The  uncertainty  as  to  the  future  impact  on  the 
Group of the recent COVID-19 outbreak has been 
considered as part of the Group’s adoption of the 
going concern basis. The Board has considered the 
potential impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the 
Group’s  financial  position  and  liquidity,  but  given 
the  unknown  magnitude  of  COVID-19,  Manage-
ment  has  considered  several  downside  scenarios 
and stress tests. One of the stress tests considered 
the  following  key  assumptions:  a  complete  lock-
down  with  a  substantial  loss  of  revenue  by  more 
than 75% for a period of eight months ( from May 
to December), no fixed costs reductions, forecasted 
capital expenditure (mainly the yearly expansionary 
plan of opening new branches that are not required 
for the current operation) reduced in 2020 by 86%, 

and  cessation  of  dividend  payments  .  Reducing 
revenues by more than 75% will negatively impact 
EBITDA  and  consequently  will  affect  the  Group’s 
ability  to  meet  financial  covenants  such  as  Debt 
service  Coverage  Ratio.    The  conducted  stress 
test  displayed  the  ability  of  full  repayment  of  the 
existing  loans  balances.  The  downside  scenarios 
showed that the Group’s current financial position 
and cash balance will alleviate any potential down-
side risk in the Group’s cash flow generated from its 
operational activities, thus the Directors continue 
to  adopt  the  going  concern  basis  in  preparing 
the  financial  information.  The  Group’s  business 
activities, together with the factors likely to affect 
its future development, performance and position, 
are  set  out  in  the  Strategic  Review  on  pages  2  to 
49.  The  financial  position  of  the  Group,  its  cash 
flows,  liquidity  position  and  borrowing  facilities 
are described in the financial statements and notes 
thereon on pages 84 to 143.

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  appli-
cable  law  and  International  Financial  Report-
ing  Standards  as  adopted  by  the  EU  (“IFRS  as 
adopted by the EU”).  Company law requires the 
directors to prepare Group financial statements 
for each financial year which give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and of the 
profit or loss of the Group for that year.

In preparing those financial statements, the direc-
tors are required to:  
•  select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then 

apply them consistently;  

•  make  judgements  and  estimates  that  are  rea-

sonable, relevant and reliable;  

•  state whether applicable accounting standards 
have  been  followed,  subject  to  any  material 
departures  disclosed  and  explained  in  the  fi-
nancial statements;  

•  assess the Group’s ability to continue as a go-
ing concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern; and  

•  use  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting 

82 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
unless they either intend to liquidate the Group 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic al-
ternative but to do so.  

The directors are responsible for keeping proper 
accounting records that disclose with reasonable 
accuracy  at  any  time  the  financial  position  of 
the Company and to enable them to ensure that 
the  financial  statements  comply  with  the  Com-
panies  (Jersey)  Law  1991.    They  are  responsible 
for  such  internal  control  as  they  determine  is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstate-
ment,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  have 
general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets 
of  the  Group  and  the  Company  and  to  prevent 
and detect fraud and other irregularities.  

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  mainte-
nance and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the company’s website. 

The  Directors  of  the  Group  confirm  that  to  the 
best of their knowledge that:
•  The  Group  is  in  compliance  with  the  Jersey 
code in relation to all applicable corporate law 
and tax filing requirements;

•  The  consolidated  financial  statements  have 
been prepared in accordance with Internation-
al  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  adopted 
by the EU, including International Accounting 
Standards; and Interpretations adopted by the 
International  Accounting  Standards  Board 
give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets,  liabili-
ties, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Group  and  the  undertakings  included  in  the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  The sections of this Report, including the Stra-
tegic Report, Performance Review and Principal 
Risks  and  Uncertainties,  which  constitute  the 
management report, include a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business 
and the position of the issuer and the undertak-
ings  included  in  the  consolidation  taken  as  a 
whole, together with a description of the princi-
pal risks and uncertainties that they face.

We  consider  the  annual  report  and  accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understand-
able  and  provides  the  information  necessary  for 
shareholders  to  assess  the  Group’s  position  and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Disclosure of Information to  
the Auditor
So far as each person who was a Director at the 
date of approving this report is aware, there is no 
relevant  audit  information,  being  information 
needed by the auditor in connection with prepar-
ing  its  report,  of  which  the  auditor  is  unaware. 
Having  made  enquiries  of  fellow  Directors  and 
the Group’s auditors, each Director has taken all 
the steps that he/she is obliged to take as a Direc-
tor in order to have made himself/herself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the auditor is aware of that information.

Annual General Meeting )AGM(
The  2020  AGM  will  be  held  virtually  on  23  June 
2020.

The  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  of  each  of  the 
Board’s  Committees  as  well  as  all  company 
Directors  will  be  in  attendance  virtually  at  the 
AGM to answer questions from shareholders. 

During the AGM, all of the Group’s Directors will 
retire and submit themselves for re-election. 

Auditor
KPMG  LLP  has  expressed  its  willingness  to 
continue in office as auditor and separate resolu-
tions will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM 
concerning  their  reappointment  and  to  autho-
rise the Board to agree their remuneration.

By order of the Board

Dr. Hend El Sherbini
Executive Director
27 April 2020

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  83

 Financial
Statements

84 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  85

Financial Statements  //   Independent Auditor's Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

1. 

Our opinion is unmodified

Overview

Materiality: 

group financial 
statements as a 
whole

EGP32m (2018:EGP29m)

4.2% (2018: 4.5%) of Group profit 
before tax

100% (2018: 99%) of Group profit 
before tax

Coverage

Key audit 
matters

New risk

Going Concern

New risk

Application of IFRS 16 lease 
accounting

We have audited the consolidated financial statements 
of  Integrated  Diagnostics  Holdings  plc  (“the  Com-
pany”)  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  which 
comprise  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Financial 
Position,  Consolidated  Income  Statement,  Consoli-
dated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income, the 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and the 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and the related 
notes, including the accounting policies in note 2. 

In our opinion the consolidated financial 
statements:  

•  give  a  true  and  fair  view,  in  accordance  with 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as 
adopted  by  the  European  Union,  of  the  state  of 
the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of 
its profit for the year then ended; and 

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with 

the Companies ( Jersey) Law 1991.

Basis for opinion  
We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Interna-
tional  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (“ISAs  (UK)”)  and 
applicable  law.  Our  responsibilities  are  described 
below.  We  have  fulfilled  our  ethical  responsibilities 
under,  and  are  independent  of  the  Group  in  accord-
ance  with,  UK  ethical  requirements  including  the 
FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a 
sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.

86 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
2. 

 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material 
misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. In arriving at our opinion above, the key audit matter was as follows:

Going Concern

The risk

Our response

Disclosure quality
The financial statements explain how the 
Board  has  formed  a  judgement  that  it  is 
appropriate  to  adopt  the  going  concern 
basis of preparation for the Group.

That judgement is based on an evaluation 
of the inherent risks to the Group’s busi-
ness  model  and  how  those  risks  might 
affect  the  Group’s  financial  resources 
or  ability  to  continue  operations  over  a 
period of at least a year from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. 

The risks most likely to adversely affect the 
Group’s available financial resources over 
this period arose as a result of the global 
pandemic  caused  by  the  emergence  of  a 
novel coronavirus, COVID-19. The princi-
ple risks were:

•  Demand for the Group’s services declines 
significantly during extended periods of 
curfew or lockdown in the geographies 
in which the Group operates; 

•  Covenants in loan agreements are likely 
to be breached should a significant de-
cline in operations be experienced;

•  The  Group’s  supply  chain  may  be 
disrupted  due  to  temporary  closures 
or  business  failures  of  key  suppliers  or 
logistics  operators  in  geographies  im-
pacted by COVID-19.

The risk for our audit was whether or not 
those risks were such that they amounted 
to  a  material  uncertainty  that  may  have 
cast significant doubt about the ability to 
continue  as  a  going  concern.    Had  they 
been such, then that fact would have been 
required to have been disclosed.  

Our procedures included:
Funding assessment: 
Assessed  the  Group’s  ability  to  comply  with  loan 
covenants  and  make  any  necessary  repayments  of 
capital and interest in the event of a covenant breach. 
Historical comparisons: 
Assessed  the  directors’  historical  forecasting  accu-
racy by comparing previous forecasts with the actual 
cashflows achieved in the respective periods.
Key dependency assessment:
Identified the critical factors in determining whether 
there  is  a  risk  of  failure  by  identifying  the  material 
drivers  of  cashflows  that  are  most  exposed  to  the 
economic uncertainty that COVID-19 presents.
Sensitivity analysis: 
Considered  sensitivities  over  the  level  of  available 
financial resources indicated by the Group’s financial 
forecasts taking account of reasonably possible (but 
not unrealistic) adverse effects that could arise from 
these risks individually and collectively; 
Challenged  the  directors’  assessment  of  forecast 
revenue  with  reference  to  the  most  recent  actual 
cashflows  achieved  and  also  assessed  the  Group’s 
loan  covenants  by  stress  testing  the  critical  factors 
and considering the impact on the forecasts and cash 
outflows. 
Evaluating directors’ intent:
Evaluated the achievability of the actions the Direc-
tors  consider  they  would  take  to  improve  the  posi-
tion should the risks materialise;
Assessed that the Directors took the decision to post-
pone  the  declaration  of  a  dividend  in  respect  of  the 
financial year until the economic situation is clearer.  
Considered  the  ability  of  the  Group  to  halt  planned 
capital  expenditure  that  they  are  not  committed  to 
undertake. 
Assessing transparency:
Assessed the completeness and accuracy of the mat-
ters covered in the going concern disclosure in light 
of critical factors arising from COVID-19 and the as-
sessments performed.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  87

 
Financial Statements  //   Independent Auditor's Report

2. 

 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material 
misstatement (cont'd)

The risk

Our response

Application of IFRS 16 
lease accounting on 
transition
(EGP260 million; 2018: 
EGP Nil)

Refer to page 74 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 
98 (accounting policy) 
and page 138 ( financial 
disclosures)

Accounting Application
The  Group  is  required  to  adopt  IFRS  16 
Leases as at 1 January 2019. There is a high 
volume  of  leases  relating  to  the  branch 
network.  The  majority  of  the  leases  in 
the portfolio have a term of 5 to 10 years. 
There  are  different  payment  terms  and 
contractual clauses between leases.

The  recognition  of  these  leases  will 
generate new, material balances within 
non-current  assets,  current  and  non-
current liabilities. 

Data Capture and Calculation Error
The manual input and collation of data, 
the  completeness  of  the  lease  popula-
tion  and  varying  contractual  terms 
gives  rise  to  the  risk  of  error  over  the 
calculations

Our procedures included: 

•  Methodology  implementation:  As-
sessed  whether  the  methodology  of  the 
lease  calculation  was  in  line  with  the 
requirements of the standard. 

•  Evaluated  the  appropriateness  of  the 
selection of accounting policies based on 
the requirements of IFRS 16, our business 
understanding and industry practice. 
•  Considered  the  appropriateness  of  the 
transition approach and that the practi-
cal  expedients  applied  were  in  line  with 
the standard.

•  Tests  of  details:  Assessed  the  com-
pleteness of the IFRS 16 lease population 
by reconciling the leases included within 
the  model  prepared  by  management  to 
the revenue generating branches held by 
the Group.

•  Selected  a  sample  of  leases  included 
within the model to check the calculation 
by inspecting the relevant contracts and 
ensuring the contractual terms had been 
appropriately  captured  and  recorded  in 
the  model  and  checking  the  lease  pay-
ments made.

•  Extended  scope:  Increased  substan-
tive  testing  in  sampling  of  lease  con-
tracts  due  to  the  identification  of  lease 
payment methods within contracts that 
differed to those recorded in the model. 

•  Where  calculation  errors  were  identi-
fied by our testing assessed that similar 
errors  were  not  pervasive  throughout 
the model.

We continue to perform procedures over recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life brand intangible assets. However, 
we have observed a continued trend of strong financial performance of those cash generating units to which the major-
ity of the goodwill and indefinite life brand intangibles relate. Therefore, we have not assessed this as one of the most 
significant risks in our current year audit and, therefore, it is not separately identified in our report this year. 

88 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
3. 

 Our application of Group materiality and an overview of 
the scope of our audit 

Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole 
was  set  at  EGP32m  (2018:  EGP  29m),  determined  with 
reference  to  a  benchmark  of  Group  profit  before  tax,  of 
which it represents 4.2% (2018: 4.0%).

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected 
or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding EGP1.6m 
(2017:  EGP1.45m),  in  addition  to  other  identified  misstate-
ments that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of  the  group's  13  (2018:  13)  reporting  components,  we 
subjected  5  (2018:  6)  to  full  scope  audits  for  Group  report-
ing purposes and 5 (2018: 5) to specified risk-focused audit 
procedures over cash and cash equivalents. The latter were 
not individually financially significant enough to require full 
scope  audit  for  Group  reporting  purposes,  but  did  present 
specific  individual  risk  that  needed  to  be  addressed.  The 
components within the scope of our work accounted for the 
percentages illustrated opposite.

The remaining 0.4% (2018: 0.6%) of total Group revenue, 0.2% 
(2018: 0.5%) of Group profit before tax and 1.2% (2018: 0.2%) 
of total Group assets is represented by 3 (2018: 2) reporting 
components,  none  of  which  individually  represented  more 
than 0.6% of any of total Group revenue, Group profit before 
tax  or  total  Group  assets.  For  these  residual  components, 
we  performed  analysis  at  an  aggregated  Group  level  to  re-
examine our assessment that there were no significant risks 
of material misstatement within these.   

The  Group  team  instructed  the  component  auditors  as  to 
the  significant  areas  to  be  covered,  including  the  relevant 
risks  detailed  above  and  the  information  to  be  reported 
back.  The  Group  team  approved  component  materialities 
which ranged from EGP6.4m to EGP22.4m (2018: EGP3.2m to 
EGP10.4m), having regard to the mix of size and risk profile 
of the Group across the components. The work on 5 of the 10 
components (2018: 7 of the 11 components) was performed 
by component auditors and the rest was performed by the 
Group team. 

The Group team visited 5 (2018: 5) components, all based in 
the same location, in Egypt, including to assess the audit risk 
and strategy. Telephone conference meetings were also held 
with  these  component  auditors  and  with  the  component 
auditors  of  the  Jordanian  and  Nigerian  components  that 
were not physically visited. At these visits and meetings, the 
findings reported to the Group team were discussed in more 
detail, and any further work required by the Group team was 
then performed by the component auditor.

Profit before tax
EGP758m (2018:EGP717m)

Group Materiality
EGP32m (2018:EGP29m)

EGP 32 m
Whole financialstate-
ments material-
ity(2018: EGP29m)

EGP 22.4 m
Range of material-
ity at 5 components 
(EGP6.4m to 22.4m) 
(2018: EGP3.2m to 
EGP10.4m)

EGP 1.6 m
Misstatements 
reported to the audit 
committee 
(2018: EGP 1.45m)

Profit before tax
Group materiality

Group revenue 

Group profit before tax 

3

3

100%
(2018: 99%)

96

97

Group total assets 

14

27

99%
(2018: 100%)

86

72

5

4

100%
(2018: 99%)

95

95

Full scope for group

 audit purposes 2019
Specified risk-focused 

audit procedures 2019
Full scope for group 

audit purposes 2018
Specified risk-focused 

audit procedures 2018

Residual components

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  89

Financial Statements  //   Independent Auditor's Report

4.  We have nothing to report on going concern  

The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate 
the Group or to cease its operations, and as they have concluded that the Group’s financial position means that this is 
realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over 
its ability to continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the 
going concern period”).  

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a material 
uncertainty related to going concern, to make reference to that in this audit report. However, as we cannot predict all 
future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements 
that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of reference to a material uncertainty in this auditor's 
report is not a guarantee that the Group will continue in operation. 

We identified going concern as a key audit matter (see section 2 of this report). Based on the work described in our 
response  to  that  key  audit  matter,  we  are  required  to  report  to  you  if  we  have  concluded  that  the  use  of  the  going 
concern basis of accounting is inappropriate or there is an undisclosed material uncertainty that may cast significant 
doubt over the use of that basis for a period of at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements. 
We have nothing to report in these respects.

5. 

 We have nothing to report on the other information in the 
Annual Report  

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information  presented  in  the  Annual  Report  together  with  the  financial 
statements.  Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial state-
ments audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
audit knowledge.  Based solely on that work we have not identified material misstatements in the other information. 

6. 

 We have nothing to report on the other matters on which 
we are required to report by exception    

Under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  proper accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or 
•  proper returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or  
•  The Company’s consolidated financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or   
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.  

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

90 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
7. 

Respective responsibilities 

Directors’ responsibilities  
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 82, the Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the fi-
nancial statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error; assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities    
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report.  Reasonable as-
surance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists.  Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of the financial statements.  

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  

8. 

 The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our 
responsibilities      

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Article 113A of the Companies 
(Jersey) Law 1991.Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those mat-
ters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

David Neale
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditor 
15 Canada Square 
London
E14 5GL
27 April 2020

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  91

Financial Statements  //   Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position  
As at 31 December 2019

Notes

2019

2018

EGP’000

EGP’000

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill
Right-Of-Use Asset
Other investments
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Restricted cash
Other investments
Cash and  cash equivalents 
Total current assets
Total assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Capital reserves
Legal reserve
Put option reserve
Translation reserve
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to  the owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other provisions
Loans and borrowings 
Long-term financial obligations
Total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Short-term financial obligations
Loans and borrowings 
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

10
11
27
13

15
16
18
19
17

20
20
20
20
20
20

6

8
22
25
26

23
24
25

          785,546 
1,660,836 
264,763 
6,391 
2,717,536 

84,339 
322,805 
247 
221,617 
408,892 
           1,037,900 
3,755,436 

1,072,500 
        1,027,706 
         (314,310)
            46,330 
         (229,164)
          155,823 
          456,661 
      2,215,546 
          144,710 
      2,360,256 

          174,000 
              5,273 
            81,305 
          306,384 
         566,962 

          320,083 
          260,853 
            25,416 
          221,866 
         828,218 
      1,395,180 
      3,755,436 

               705,779 
1,672,463 
-   
-   
2,378,242 

91,079 
299,991 
11,965 
239,905 
412,607 
                 1,055,547 
3,433,789 

1,072,500 
1,027,706 
(314,310)
                 37,959 
             (145,275)
               194,764 
               396,706 
          2,270,050 
               130,588 
          2,400,638 

               168,361 
                 14,842 
               101,439 
                 79,191 
             363,833 

               287,367 
               156,665 
                 25,416 
               199,870 
             669,318 
          1,033,151 
          3,433,789 

The accompanying notes on pages 97- 143 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors and signed on their behalf on 27 April 2020 by:

Dr. Hend El Sherbini
Chief Executive Officer

Hussein Choucri
Independent Non-Executive Director

92 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Notes

2019

2018

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Marketing and advertising expenses
Administrative expenses
Impairment loss on trade and other receivable
Other Income
Operating profit

Finance costs
Finance income
Net finance cost
Profit before tax

Income tax expense
Profit for the year

Profit attributed to:
      Owners of the Company
      Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (expressed in EGP)
Basic and Diluted

3

16

7.2

8

6

9

EGP’000
         2,226,495 
       (1,142,681)
       1,083,814 

          (115,764)
          (189,465)
             (8,647)
             20,902 
          790,840 

            (80,105)
             47,409 
            (32,696)
          758,144 

EGP’000
          1,921,452 
           (973,073)
           948,379 

             (94,887)
           (160,055)
               (9,635)
                1,141 
           684,943 

             (31,015)
              63,430 
              32,415 
           717,358 

          (253,609)
          504,535 

           (220,444)
           496,914 

           510,931 
             (6,396)
          504,535 

502,092 
(5,178)
496,914 

3.41 

3.35 

The accompanying notes on pages 97- 143  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  93

Financial Statements  //   Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income  
For the Year Ended 31 December 2019

Net profit

Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:
Currency translation losses on foreign currency subsidiaries
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

2019

2018

EGP’000 

       504,534 

EGP’000

       496,914 

         (59,402)
       (59,402)
       445,132 

        471,991 
         (26,859)
       445,132 

          (2,566)
         (2,566)
       494,348 

        493,146 
            1,202 
       494,348 

The accompanying notes on pages 97- 143  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

94 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the Year Ended 31 December 2019

Note

2019

2018

EGP’000

EGP’000

7 

12 
7 
7 
7 

7 

16 

22 

18 

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit or loss for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
('PPE')
Amortisation of intangible assets
Unrealised foreign exchange gains and losses
Interest Income
Interest Expense
Gain/(Loss) on sale of PPE
Impairment in trade and other receivables
Reversal of impairment in trade and other 
receivables
Equity settled share based payment receipt
Hyperinflation
Cash (used in)/generated from operating 
activities
Income taxes paid
Change in Provisions
Change in Inventories
Change in Trade and other receivables
Change in Trade and other payables
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of PPE
Interest received
Acquisition of PPE
Acquisition of intangible assets
Decrease in restricted cash
Change in other investment "acquisition"
Change in other investment "sale"
Acquisition of subsidiary
Net cash from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from loans and borrowings
Repayment of loans and borrowings
Payment of finance lease liabilities
Dividends paid
Interest paid
Injection of cash by non controlling interest
Net cash flows used in financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash 
equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 31/12/2018

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents at 31/12/2019

17 

758,143 

146,617 

6,862 
15,517 
(43,544)
61,184 
(926)
8,647 

(1,155)

(6,391)
(3,836)

941,118 

(184,856)
(9,314)
4,933 
(78,167)
23,700 
697,414 

3,555 
48,086 
(213,310)
(4,688)
11,718 
(282,781)
301,069 
                 -   
(136,351)

(25,416)
5,283 
(64,451)
(450,502)
(63,192)
49,540 
(548,738)

12,325 

412,607 

(16,040)
408,892 

717,358 

70,989 

6,398 
15,706 
(59,305)
11,855 
(138)
9,635 

(1,056)

                 -   
                 -   

771,442 

(140,537)
143 
(21,144)
(118,042)
64,446 
556,308 

3,500 
71,412 
(331,550)
                 -   
1,261 
(448,155)
217,399 
20,519 
(465,614)

(20,514)
94,369 
(27,668)
(434,953)
(8,647)
38,684 
(358,729)

(268,035)

685,211 

(4,569)
412,607 

The accompanying notes on pages 97- 143  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  95

Financial Statements  //   Consolidated Financial Statements

-
n
o
N

s
r
e
n
w
o
e
h
t

l

a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
E

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

y
n
a
p
m
o
C

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
e

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
C

e
h
t

f
o

i

d
e
n
a
t
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
T

t
u
P

n
o
i
t
p
o

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l

a
g
e
L

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

e
r
a
h
S

e
r
a
h
S

*
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

i

m
u
m
e
r
p

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

s
d
n
u
o
P
n
a
i
t
p
y
g
E
n

i

s
t
n
u
o
m
a

l
l

A

(

)
”
0
0
0
P
G
E
“

’

o
t

l

a
t
o
T

d
e
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a

y
t
i
u
q
E
n

i
s
e
g
n
a
h
C

f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

9
1
0
2

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
d
e
d
n
e

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
F

-

)
2
0
5
0
5
4
(

,

-

)
6
8
3
8
(

,

-

)
6
1
1
2
4
4
(

,

)
1
7
3
8
(

,

)
6
1
1
2
4
4
(

,

-

-

-

)
4
6
6
(

)
9
8
8
3
8
(

,

0
4
5
9
4

,

-

)
5
7
1
(

0
4
5
9
4

,

-

)
9
8
4
(

)
9
8
8
3
8
(

,

-

-

-

)
9
8
4
(

,

)
5
1
5
5
8
4
(

9
7
9
0
4

,

)
4
9
4
6
2
5
(

,

,

)
6
7
9
0
5
4
(

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

)
9
8
8
3
8
(

,

-

-

-

-

-

1
7
3
8

,

)
9
8
8
3
8
(

,

1
7
3
8

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4
3
5
4
0
5

,

)
2
0
4
9
5
(

,

2
3
1
5
4
4

,

,

7
3
6
0
0
4
2

,

)
7
9
3
6
(

,

,

8
8
5
0
3
1

)
2
6
4
0
2
(

,

)
9
5
8
6
2
(

,

1
3
9
0
1
5

,

)
0
4
9
8
3
(

,

1
9
9
1
7
4

,

,

9
4
0
0
7
2
2

,

6
0
7
6
9
3

,

1
3
9
0
1
5

,

-

,

3
6
7
4
9
1

-

1
3
9
0
1
5

,

)
0
4
9
8
3
(

,

*
*
)
0
4
9
8
3
(

,

-

-

-

)
5
7
2
5
4
1
(

,

-

-

-

9
5
9
7
3

,

-

-

-

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

-

-

-

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

-

-

-

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

4
1
9
6
9
4

,

)
6
6
5
2
(

,

8
4
3
4
9
4

,

,

6
5
2
0
6
3
2

,

,

0
9
0
4
1
3
2

,

2
0
5
8
6

,

)
8
7
1
5
(

,

0
8
3
6

,

2
0
2
1

,

0
1
7
4
4
1

,

2
9
0
2
0
5

,

)
6
4
9
8
(

,

,

6
4
1
3
9
4

,

6
4
5
5
1
2
2

,

,

8
8
5
5
4
2
2

,

1
6
6
6
5
4

,

6
5
8
5
1
3

,

2
9
0
2
0
5

,

-

2
9
0
2
0
5

,

3
2
8
5
5
1

,

9
0
7
3
0
2

,

-

)
6
4
9
8
(

,

)
6
4
9
8
(

,

-

-

-

)
6
5
2
3
9
(

,

)
4
6
1
9
2
2
(

,

-

-

-

0
3
3
6
4

,

3
8
3
3
3

,

-

-

-

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

-

-

-

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

-

-

-

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

4
0
8
9
6

,

4
0
8
9
6

,

-

-

-

)
3
5
9
4
3
4
(

,

-

)
3
9
3
1
1
(

,

-

)
0
6
5
3
2
4
(

,

)
6
7
5
4
(

,

)
0
6
5
3
2
4
(

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6
7
5
4

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7
6
3
9

,

)
9
1
0
2
5
(

,

-

3
7
4
2

,

)
1
0
8
7
0
4
(

,

4
8
8
0
6

,

4
9
8
6

,

)
9
1
0
2
5
(

,

,

)
5
8
6
8
6
4
(

-

4
9
8
6

,

)
2
4
2
1
2
4
(

,

-

-

-

-

)
9
1
0
2
5
(

,

)
9
1
0
2
5
(

,

-

-

6
7
5
4

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

,

8
3
6
0
0
4
2

,

8
8
5
0
3
1

,

,

0
5
0
0
7
2
2

,

6
0
7
6
9
3

,

4
6
7
4
9
1

,

)
5
7
2
5
4
1
(

,

9
5
9
7
3

,

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
m
o
c
n

i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t

O

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
C

m
o
r
f
g
n
i
t
l
u
s
e
r

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

*
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
d
e
m
r
o
f
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
g
e
L

s
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

9
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
a
s
A

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
fi
o
r
P

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
n

i
y
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

n
o
i
t
p
o
t
u
p
n

i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
M

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n
i
r
e
p
y
h
f
o
t
c
a
p
m

i

r
o
f

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
e
R

n

i

n
o
i
t
c
e
j
n

i

h
s
a
c
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
s
e
i
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

i

p
h
s
r
e
n
w
o
n

i
e
g
n
a
h
C

s
e
i
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
g
n
i
t
a
d

i
l
o
s
n
o
c

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

8
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
a
s
A

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
fi
o
r
P

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
m
o
c
n

i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t

O

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i

d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
C

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
s
e
i
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
g
n
i
t
a
d

i
l
o
s
n
o
c

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n
i
r
e
p
y
h
f
o
t
c
a
p
m

i

r
o
f

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
e
R

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
n

i
y
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

n
o
i
t
p
o
t
u
p
n

i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
M

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

m
o
r
f
g
n
i
t
l
u
s
e
r

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

*
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
d
e
m
r
o
f
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
g
e
L

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
p
i
h
s
r
e
n
w
o
n
i
e
g
n
a
h
C

8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

s
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

o
t
e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i

d
t
o
n
s
i
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

s
i

Th

.
l
a
t
i
p
a
c
d
e
u
s
s
i

'

s
y
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
h
c
a
e
f
o
%
0
5
s
t
n
e
s
e
r
p
e
r

s
i

h
t

t
a
h
t
e
m

i
t
h
c
u
s

l
i
t
n
u
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
g
e
l
a
o
t
n

i

t
fi
o
r
p
t
e
n

l
a
u
n
n
a
s
t
i

f
o
%
5
t
s
a
e
l

t
a
e
d
i
s
a
t
e
s

t
s
u
m
y
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
h
c
a
e
w
a
L
n
a
i
t
p
y
g
E
r
e
d
n
 U
*

,

k
4
3
4
7
P
G
E
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
fl
n
i
r
e
p
y
h
o
t
d
e
t
a
l
e
r

t
n
u
o
m
a
n
a
s
i

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
e
h
t

f
o
t
r
a
P
*
*

.

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
s
r
e
n
w
o
e
h
t

96 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated 
Financial Statements
For the Year Ended 31 December 2019

(In the notes all amounts are shown in Egyptian Pounds “EGP’000” unless otherwise stated)

Corporate information

1. 
The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Integrated  Diagnostics  Holdings  plc  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the 
Group) for the year ended 31 December 2019 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors 
on 27 April 2020. Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc “IDH” or “the company” has been established according to the 
provisions of the Companies (Jersey) law 1991 under No. 117257.

IDH’s purpose is not restricted and the Group has full authority to do any activity as long as it is not banned by the 
Companies law unless amended from time to time or depending on the Companies (Jersey) law.

The Group’s financial year starts on 1 January and ends on 31 December each year. The Group’s main activity is concen-
trated in the field of medical diagnostics.

Basis of preparation

2. 
Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Re-
porting Standards as adopted by the European Union (adopted IFRS) issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB) and the Jersey Law 1991 an amendment to which means separate company financial statements are not 
required. 

Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where adopted IFRS man-
dates that fair value accounting is required.

Functional and presentation currency
Each of the Group’s entities is using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates 
(‘the functional currency’). The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Egyptian Pounds, being the 
reporting currency of the main Egyptian trading subsidiaries within the Group and the primary economic environment 
in which the Group operates. For each entity, the Group determines the functional currency and items included in the 
financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. The Group uses the direct method of 
consolidation and on disposal of a foreign operation; the gain or loss that is reclassified to profit or loss reflects the 
amount that arises from using this method.

Going concern
The uncertainty as to the future impact on the Group of the recent COVID-19 outbreak has been considered as part 
of the Group’s adoption of the going concern basis. The Board has considered the potential impact of the COVID-19 
outbreak on the Group’s financial position and liquidity, but given the unknown magnitude of COVID-19, Manage-
ment has considered several downside scenarios and stress tests. One of the stress tests considered the following key 
assumptions: a complete lockdown with a substantial loss of revenue by more than 75% for a period of eight months 
( from May to December), no fixed costs reductions, forecasted capital expenditure (mainly the yearly expansionary 
plan of opening new branches that are not required for the current operation) reduced in 2020 by 86%, and cessation 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  97

of dividend payments*. Reducing revenues by more than 75% will negatively impact EBITDA and consequently will 
affect the Group's ability to meet financial covenants such as Debt service Coverage Ratio.  The conducted stress 
test displayed the ability of full repayment of the existing loans balances. The downside scenarios showed that the 
Group's current financial position and cash balance will alleviate any potential downside risk in the Group's cash 
flow generated from its operational activities, thus the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in pre-
paring the financial information. At 31 December 2019, the Group had net assets amounting to EGP 2,360,256,000. 
The Group is profitable and cash generative and the Directors have considered the Group’s cash forecasts for a period 
of 12 months from the signing of the balance sheet. The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and  position,  are  set  out  in  the  Strategic  Review  on  pages  2  to  49. 
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the 
financial statements and notes thereon on pages 86 to 143.

* Please refer to P.12 for more details

2.1.  Basis of consolidation
The  consolidated  financial  statements  comprise  the  financial  statements  of  the  Group  and  its  subsidiaries  as  at  31 
December 2019. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement 
with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

i.  Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over 
the entity. In assessing control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that are currently exercisable. 
The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. The financial statements of subsidiaries 
are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control 
ceases. Losses applicable to the non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the non-controlling interests 
even if doing so causes the non-controlling interests to have a deficit balance.

ii.  Change in subsidiary ownership and loss of control
Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transac-
tions. Where the group loses control of a subsidiary, the assets and liabilities are derecognised along with any related 
NCI and other components of equity.  Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss.  Any interest retained in 
the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

iii.  Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the 
investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as 
unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

2.2.  Changes in significant accounting policies
The Group has initially adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019.  A number of other new standards are effective 
from 1 January 2019, but they do not have a material effect on the Group’s financial statements.

IFRS 16 introduced a single, on-balance sheet accounting model for lessees.  As a result, the Group, as a lessee, has 
recognized right-of-use assets representing its rights to use the underlying assets and lease liabilities representing its 
obligation to make lease payments.  

The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the Modified Retrospective Approach, under which the cumulative effect of initial 
application is recognized in retained earnings at 1 January 2019.  

Accordingly, the comparative information presented for 2018 has not been restated – i.e. it is presented, as previously 
reported under IAS 17 and related interpretations.  The details of the changes in accounting policies are disclosed below.

98 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
A.  Definition of a lease 
Previously, the Group determined at contract inception whether an arrangement was or contained a lease under IFRIC 
4 Determining Whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.  The Group now assesses whether a contract is or contains 
a lease based on the new definition of a lease.  Under IFRS 16, a contract is, or contains, a lease of the contract conveys 
a right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
On transition to IFRS 16, the Group elected to apply the practical expedient to grandfather the assessment of which 
transactions are leases.  It applied IFRS 16 only to contracts that were previously identified as leases.  Contracts that 
were not identified as leases under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 were not reassessed.

B.  As a lessee
The Group leases many assets, including properties, production equipment and IT equipment. 

As a lessee, the Group previously classified leases as operating or finance leases based on its assessment of whether the 
lease transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership.  Under IFRS 16, the Group recognises right-of-
use assets and lease liabilities for most leases – i.e. these leases are on-balance sheet.

However, the Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for some leases of low-value 
assets (e.g. IT equipment).  The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

C.  Significant accounting policies
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date.  The right-of-use asset 
is initially measured at cost, and subsequently at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and 
adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.  When a right-of-use asset meets the definition of investment 
property, it is presented in  investment  property.  The  right-of-use  asset is initially measurement at  cost, and subse-
quently measured at fair value, in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commence-
ment date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, of that rate cannot be readily determined, the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate. the Group uses the incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease payment 
made.  It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, 
a change in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or as appropriate, 
changes in the assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised or a termina-
tion option is reasonably certain not to be exercised.

D.  Transition
Previously, the Group classified property leases as operating under IAS 17.  These include warehouse and factory facili-
ties.  The leases typically run for a period of 5 to 10 years. 

At transition, for leases that were classified as operating leases under IAS 17, lease liabilities are measured at the present 
value of the remaining lease payments, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rates at 1 January 2019.  Right-
of-use assets are measured at either:

•  Their carrying amount as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement date, discounted using the lessee’s 

incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application; or

•  An amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments.
•  The incremental borrowing rate (IBR) used by the Group was determined by region and the period of the lease 

contract as follows:

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  99

Egypt
Jordan
Sudan
Nigeria

1-5 Years

5-10 Years

18.75%
9.00%
29.84%
23.86%

18.75%
9.50%
29.84%
24.73%

More than 10 
Years
18.75%
10.00%
n/a
n/a

The IFRS 16 defines incremental borrowing rate (IBR) as “the rate of interest that causes the present value of (a) the 
lease payments and (b) the unguaranteed residual value to equal the sum of (i) the fair value of the underlying asset and 
(ii) any initial direct costs of the lessor.”

The Group used the following practical expedients when applying IFRS 16 to leases previously classified as operating 
leases under IAS 17.

•  Applied the exemption not to recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities for leases with less than 12 months of 

lease term

•  Excluded initial direct costs from measuring the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application.
•  Used hindsight when determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

E.  Impact of transition
On transition to IFRS 16, the Group recognized the addition of right-of-use assets, including investment property and 
additional lease liabilities, recognizing the difference in retained earnings.  The impact on transition is summarised below.

Right-of-use assets presented in financial statement
Lease liabilities

When measuring lease liabilities for leases that were classified as operating leases, the Group 
discounted lease payments using its incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2019.  The 
weighted average rates applied for each region are (Egypt 18.75% - Jordan 9.5% - Sudan 29.84% 
- Nigeria 24.30%).

Operating lease commitment at 31 December 2018 as disclosed in the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements

Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2019
Finance lease liabilities recognized as at 31 December 2018
Recognition exemption for leases with less than 12 months 
of lease term at transition

Lease liabilities recognized at 1 January 2019

1-Jan-19

EGP'000

         213,870 
         213,870 

1-Jan-19

EGP'000

         440,978 

         216,518 
           90,581 

           (2,648)

         304,451 

F.  Impacts for the period
As a result of initially applying IFRS 16, in relation to the leases that were previously classified as operating leases, the Group 
recognized EGP 264,763K of net right-of-use assets and EGP 269,401K of net lease liabilities balance as at 31 December 2019.

100 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
Also in relation to those leases under IFRS 16, the Group has recognized depreciation and interest expense, instead of 
operating lease expense.  During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group recognized EGP 47,716K of depreciation 
charges and EGP 35,136K of interest costs from these leases.

For the impact of IFRS 16 on segment information and EBITDA, see notes 3.

a)  Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the 
aggregate of the consideration transferred, which is measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any 
non-controlling interests in the acquiree. For each business combination, the Group elects whether to measure the 
non-controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net 
assets. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and included in administrative expenses. When the Group 
acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designa-
tion in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition 
date. Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition 
date.  Goodwill  is  initially  measured  at  cost  (being  the  excess  of  the  aggregate  of  the  consideration  transferred  and 
the amount recognised for non-controlling interests) and any previous interest held over the net identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed. If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration 
transferred, the Group re-assesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities 
assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reas-
sessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, 
then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

For the purpose of impairment testing which it is done one an annual basis, goodwill acquired in a business combina-
tion is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit 
from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. 
Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (CGU) and part of the operation within that unit is dis-
posed of, the goodwill associated with the disposed operation is included in the carrying amount of the operation when 
determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed in these circumstances is measured based on the relative 
values of the disposed operation and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

b)  Fair value measurement
The Group measures financial instruments such as non-derivative financial instruments and contingent consideration 
assumed in a business combination, at fair value at each balance sheet date.

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses observable market data as far as possible. Fair 
value is categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques 
as follows:

•  Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
•  Level 2 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement 

is directly or indirectly observable

•  Level 3 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement 

is unobservable

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group 
determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on 
the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period. 

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the 
nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair value hierarchy, as explained above.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  101

The fair value less any estimated credit adjustments for financial assets and liabilities with maturity dates less than 
one year is assumed to approximate their carrying value.   The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes 
is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the 
Group for similar transactions.

c)  Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the value of medical diagnostic services rendered in the year, and is stated net of discounts. The 
Group has two types of customers: Walk-in patients and patients served under contract. For patients under contract, 
rates are agreed in advance on a per-test, client-by-client basis.

The following steps are considered for patients served under contracts:

1.  Identification of the Contracts: written contracts are signed between IDH and customers.  The contracts stipu-

late the duration, price per test, credit period.

2.  Transaction price: Services provided by the Group are distinct in the contract, as the contract stipulates the 

series of tests’ names/types to be conducted along with its distinct prices.   

3.  Allocation of price to performance obligations: Stand-alone selling price per test is stipulated in the contract.  In 

case of discounts, it is allocated proportionally to all of tests prices in the contract.

4.  The performance obligations are the diagnostics tests within the pathology and radiology services. The perfor-
mance obligation is achieved when the customer receives their test results, and so are recognised at point in time.
5.  That there are no other revenue streams other than those whose performance obligation occurs at a point in time.

d)  Income Taxes
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

i.  Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

ii.  Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and li-
abilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. 

However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income 
tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business 
combination and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, the carry forward of unused tax credits 
and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused 
tax losses can be utilised. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the 
deferred income tax liability is settled.

e)  Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group’s entities at their respective functional currency 
spot  rates  at  the  date  the  transaction  first  qualifies  for  recognition.  Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in 
foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. Differences 
arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognised in the income statement.

102 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the ex-
change rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency 
are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. On consolidation, the assets and 
liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Egyptian Pounds at the rate of exchange prevailing at the report-
ing date and their statements of profit or loss are translated at average rate (unless this average is not a reasonable 
approximation  of  the  cumulative  effect  of  the  rates  prevailing  on  the  transaction  dates,  in  which  case  income  and 
expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions). The exchange differences arising on translation 
for consolidation are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve or NCI 
as the case may be. On disposal of a foreign operation, the component of other comprehensive income relating to that 
particular foreign operation is recognised in profit or loss.

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and trans-
lated at the spot rate of exchange at the reporting date.

f)  Hyperinflationary Economies 
The financial statements of “SAMA Medical Laboratories Co. and AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian Co.”  report their 
financial statements in the currency of a hyperinflationary economy. In accordance with IAS 29 financial reporting in 
Hyperinflationary Economies, the financial statements of those subsidiaries were restated by applying the consumer 
price index at closing rates in December 2019 2,321 (2018 December, 1,490) before they were included in the consolida-
tion financial statements. The comparative information as the financial information of SAMA Medical Laboratories 
Co. and AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian Co whose functional currency is hyperinflationary is translated into a dif-
ferent presentation currency (EGP), this is done in accordance with IAS 21 as follows. If the presentation currency is 
not hyperinflationary, then comparative amounts are not restated for changes in either the general price level in the 
functional currency (i.e. as otherwise required by IAS 29) or the exchange rate between the functional and presentation 
currencies. As such, the comparative amounts remain those amounts reported as current for the previous reporting 
period. When the functional currency of a foreign operation is the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, all assets, 
liabilities, equity items, income and expenses are translated using an official exchange rate prevailing at the end of 
each reporting period.  Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognized on other comprehensive income and ac-
cumulated in equity (attributed to non-controlling interests as appropriate).

g)  Property, plant and equipment
All property and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation.  Historical cost includes ex-
penditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s car-
rying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits 
associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount 
of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated statement of 
income during the financial period in which they are incurred. Land is not depreciated.  Laboratory Equipment held to 
perform the ‘Hub spoke’ at the Mega Lab and provided under finance lease arrangements are depreciated under a unit 
of production method as this most closely reflects the consumption of benefits from the equipment.  

Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost or revalued amounts to 
their residual value over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Buildings
Medical, electric and information systems equipment
Leasehold improvements
Fixtures, fittings & vehicles

50 years
4-10 years
4-5 years
4-16 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the 
carrying amount and are recognised within ‘Other (losses)/gains – net’ in the consolidated statement of income.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  103

h)  Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired 
in a business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets 
are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Internally generated intangibles, excluding capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and the related expendi-
ture is reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever 
there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method 
for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the 
expected  useful  life  or  the  expected  pattern  of  consumption  of  future  economic  benefits  embodied  in  the  asset  are 
considered to modify the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting 
estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the statement of profit or loss 
in the expense category that is consistent with the function of the intangible assets. The Group amortises intangible 
assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the following periods:

• 

IT development and software 4-5 years

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised, but are tested for impairment annually, either individu-
ally or at the cash-generating unit level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether 
the indefinite life continues to be supportable. If not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a 
prospective basis.

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over inter-
est in net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of 
the non-controlling interest in the acquire.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of CGUs, that is 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated 
represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. the 
impairment assessment is done one an annual basis.

Brand
Brand names acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and have an in-
definite useful life. 

The Group brand names are considered to have indefinite useful life as the Egyptian brands have been established in the 
market for more than 30 years and the health care industry is very stable and continues to grow.  

The  Brands  are  not  expected  to  become  obsolete  and  can  expand  into  different  countries  and  adjacent  businesses, 
in addition, there is a sufficient ongoing marketing efforts to support the brands and this level of marketing effort is 
economically reasonable and maintainable for the foreseeable future.

J)  Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity 
instrument of another entity.

104 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
i.  Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, as appropri-
ate. All financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus, in the case of financial assets not recorded at fair value 
through profit or loss, transaction costs that are attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Purchases or sales 
of financial assets that require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention in the 
market place (regular way trades) are recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group commits to purchase 
or sell the asset.

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are classified in three categories:

•  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
•  Fair value through other comprehensive income 
•  Amortised cost

The Group did not hold financial assets classified as financial assets at fair value through the profit or loss at 31 Decem-
ber 2019 and 31 December 2018.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is primarily 
derecognised (i.e. removed from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position) when:

•  The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired

Or

•  The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the 
received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) 
the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred 
nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass- through ar-
rangement, it evaluates if, and to what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership. When it has neither 
transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the 
Group continues to recognise the transferred asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. In that case, the Group 
also recognises an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that 
reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the origi-
nal carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

Impairment of financial assets
Further disclosures relating to impairment of financial assets are also provided in the following notes:

Disclosures for significant estimates and assumptions
Financial assets
Trade receivables

Note 2.3
Note 14
Note 16

The Group uses an allowance matrix to measure the ECLs of trade receivables from individual customers, which com-
prise a very large number of small balances. 

Loss rates are calculated using a ‘roll rate’ method based on the probability of a receivable progressing through succes-
sive stages of delinquency to write-off. Roll rates are calculated separately for exposures in different segments based on 
credit risk characteristics, age of customer relationship. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  105

Loss  rates  are  based  on  actual  credit  loss  experience  over  the  past  three  years. These  rates  are  multiplied  by  scalar 
factors to reflect differences between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been 
collected, current conditions and the Groups view of economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables.

ii.  Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of 
directly attributable transaction costs.

All of the Group’s financial liabilities are classified as financial liabilities carried at amortised cost using the effective inter-
est method. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments or hedge account for any transactions. Unless other-
wise indicated, the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial liabilities are a reasonable approximation of their fair values.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, finance lease liabilities, put option and loans and 
borrowings including bank overdrafts.

Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. When 
an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms 
of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of 
the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recog-
nised in the statement of profit or loss.

iii.  Offsetting of financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of 
financial position if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an inten-
tion to settle on a net basis, to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

k)  Impairment of non-financial assets
Further disclosures relating to impairment of non-financial assets are also provided in the following notes:

Disclosures for significant assumptions and estimates
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives

Note 2.3
Note 12

The Group assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indica-
tion exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable 
amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value 
in use. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows 
that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or 
CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determin-
ing fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be 
identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples, quoted 
share prices for publicly traded companies or other available fair value indicators.

The Group bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately 
for each of the Group’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally 
cover a period of five years. A long-term growth rate is calculated and applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year.

106 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the statement of profit or loss in expense categories consistent 
with the function of the impaired asset, except for properties previously revalued with the revaluation taken to other compre-
hensive income (“OCI”). For such properties, the impairment is recognised in OCI up to the amount of any previous revaluation.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indica-
tion that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. 

If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impair-
ment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount 
since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not 
exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, 
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the statement of profit 
or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as at 31 October and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value 
may be impaired.

Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU (or group of CGUs) to which 
the goodwill relates. When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is 
recognised. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually as at 31 October at the CGU level, as 
appropriate, and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances in-
dicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the 
asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less 
costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are largely independent cash inflows (CGU). Prior impairments of non-financial assets (other than goodwill) 
are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date.

Impairment of trade and notes receivables
The requirement for impairment of trade receivables is made through monitoring the debts aging and reviewing cus-
tomer’s credit position and their ability to make payment as they fall due. An impairment is recorded against receiva-
bles for the irrecoverable amount estimated by management. At the year end, the provision for impairment of trade 
receivables was EGP 36,012K (31 December 2018: EGP 29,295K) 

Inventories

l) 
Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable  value.  Cost  is  determined  using  the  weighted  average 
method. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated selling and 
distribution expenses.

m)   Cash and short-term deposits
Cash and short-term deposits in the statement of financial position comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-
term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term deposits, 
as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts as they are considered an integral part of the Group’s cash management. 

n)  Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it 
is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a 
reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the Group expects some or all of a provision to be 
reimbursed, for example, under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but only 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  107

when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in the statement of profit 
or loss net of any reimbursement.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, 
when appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the 
passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a 
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. 
The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

o)  Pensions and other post-employment benefits
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. 
The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient 
assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Obligations for 
contributions  to  defined  contribution  pension  plans  are  recognized  as  an  expense  in  the  income  statement  in  the 
periods during which services are rendered by employees.

p)  Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing perfor-
mance of the operating segments, has been identified as the steering committee that makes strategic decisions.

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with adopted IFRSs requires management to 
make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. 

Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the 
carrying amount of assets or liabilities affected in future periods.

Other disclosures relating to the Group’s exposure to risks and uncertainties includes:

Capital management
Financial instruments risk management and policies
Sensitivity analyses disclosures

Note 4
Notes 14
 Notes 14

Judgments
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management have made a material judgment, that affect the 
application of the Group’s lease accounting policy and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses. Infor-
mation about judgment, estimate and assumptions relating to finance leases are set out in note 27.

Estimates and assumptions
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that 
have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year, are described below. 

The Group based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when the consolidated financial statements 
were  prepared.  Existing  circumstances  and  assumptions  about  future  developments,  however,  may  change  due  to 
market changes or circumstances arising that are beyond the control of the Group. Such changes are reflected in the 
assumptions when they occur.

108 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Impairment of intangible assets
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite lives have suffered any impairment. 
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is 
the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. 

The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use. The value
in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. 

The cash flows are derived from the budget for the next five years and do not include restructuring activities that the 
Group is not yet. committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the asset’s performance of the CGU 
being tested. The recoverable amount is sensitive to the discount rate used for the DCF model as well as the expected 
future cash-inflows and the growth rate used for extrapolation purposes.

Segment information

3. 
The Group has four operating segments based on geographical location rather than two operating segments based on 
service provided, as the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) reviews the internal management reports 
and KPIs of each geography. 

The Group operates in four geographic areas, Egypt, Sudan, Jordan and Nigeria. The revenue split between the four 
regions is set out below.

For the year ended
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-18

For the year ended
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-18

Walk-in
Corporate

Pathology
Radiology

Revenue by geographic location

Egypt region
1,902,788 
1,613,484

Sudan 
region
36,927 
35,347

Jordan 
region
256,700 
242,489

Net profit by geographic location

Egypt region
499,745 
505,769

Sudan 
region
3,684 
(6,241)

Jordan 
region
44,162 
26,193

Nigeria 
region
30,080 
30,132

Nigeria 
region
(43,057)
(28,807)

Total
2,226,495 
1,921,452

Total
504,534 
496,914

Revenue by categories

2019

EGP'000

895,336
1,331,160
2,226,495

2018

EGP'000

779,969
1,141,483
1,921,452

Revenue by type

Net profit by type

2019

EGP'000

        2,182,208 
            44,287 
      2,226,495 

2018

EGP'000

       1,889,418 
            32,034 
     1,921,452 

2019

EGP'000

          556,929 
          (52,395)
        504,534 

2018

EGP'000

        524,248 
        (27,334)
      496,914 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  109

The operating segment profit measure reported to the CODM is EBITDA, as follows:

Profit from operations

Property, plant and equipment depreciation
Amortization of Intangible assets
EBITDA

Non- current assets by geographic location are as follows: 

  2019

  EGP'000

         790,840 

          147,269 
              6,862 
         944,971 

 2018

EGP'000

        684,943 

            70,989 
             6,398 
        762,330 

Non-current assets by geographic location

For the year 
ended
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-18

Egypt region
2,334,043
2,122,027

Sudan region
17,518
10,054

Jordan region Nigeria region
128,820
81,185

237,155
174,976

Total
2,717,536
2,378,242

Capital management

4. 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in or-
der to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure 
to reduce the cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, 
return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. 

The repatriation of a declared dividend from Egyptian group entities are subject to regulation by Egyptian authorities. 
The  outcome  of  an  Ordinary  General  Meeting  of  Shareholders  declaring  a  dividend  is  first  certified  by  the  General 
Authority for Investment and Free Zones (GAFI). 

Approval  is  subsequently  transmitted  to  Misr  for  Central  Clearing,  Depository  and  Registry  (MCDR)  to  distribute 
dividends to all shareholders, regardless of their domicile, following notification of shareholders via publication in one 
national newspapers.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the net debt to equity ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by 
total equity. Net debt is calculated as total liabilities (being total current liabilities plus long-term financial obligations) 
less cash and cash equivalents. 

As a provider of medical diagnostic services, IDH’s operations in Sudan are not subject to sanctions.

Total liabilities
Less: cash and short-term deposits (Note 17)
Net (cash)/debt
Total Equity
Net debt to equity ratio

2019

EGP (000)

           1,215,907 
             (408,892)
              807,015 
           2,360,256 
34.2%

2018

EGP (000)

              849,948 
             (412,607)
              437,341 
           2,400,638 
18.2%

No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the years ended 31 Decem-
ber 2019 and 2018.

110 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Group information

5. 
Information about subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements of the Group include:

  Principal activities

Country of 
Incorporation

Al Borg Laboratory 
Company (“Al-Borg”)
Al Mokhtabar Com-
pany for Medical Labs (“Al 
Mokhtabar”)
Molecular Diagnostic 
Center*

Medical Genetic Center

Al Makhbariyoun Al 
Arab Group (Hashemite 
Kingdom of Jordan)
Golden Care for Medical 
Services
Integrated Medical 
Analysis Company (S.A.E)
SAMA Medical Laborato-
ries Co.  ("Ultralab medical 
laboratory ")
AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese 
Egyptian Co.
Integrated Diagnostics 
Holdings Limited
Dynasty Group Holdings 
Limited

Eagle Eye

Echo-Scan

WAYAK Pharma**

Medical diagnostics 
service

Medical diagnostics 
service

Medical diagnostics 
service
Medical diagnostics 
service

Medical diagnostics 
service

Holding company of 
SAMA
Medical diagnostics 
service

Medical diagnostics 
service

Medical diagnostics 
service
Intermediary holding 
company
Intermediary holding 
company
51.0%

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Jordan

Egypt

Egypt

Sudan

Sudan

Caymans 
Island
England and 
Wales
51.0%

Intermediary holding 
company
76.5%

     Mauritius

73.6%

Medical diagnostics 
service
100.0%
Medical services 

      Nigeria

100.0%
Egypt

% equity interest

2019

99.3%

99.9%

99.9%

55.0%

60.0%

100.0%

99.6%

80.0%

65.0%

100.0%

 2018

99.3%

99.9%

99.9%

55.0%

60.0%

100.0%

99.6%

80.0%

65.0%

100.0%

99.99%

-

*  Molecular Diagnostic Center” put under liquidation on 5 May 2016 following the start of liquidation proceedings by the liquidator (Abd EL Wahab 
Kamal) under Egyptian Law. The liquidation processes were completed and finalized on 19 January 2020. 
* * On 7 August 2019, AL-Mokhtabar; one of the IDH’ subsidiaries has established Wayak Company with Khaled Ismail for the purpose of creating an 
Electronic Medical Record “EMR” platform .

Full details of the Group historical acquisitions can be found in the prospectus for the initial public offering by the 
Company dated 6 May 2015 and available at www.idhcorp.com.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  111

6. 
Non-Controlling Interest is measured at the proportionate share basis. 

Non-Controlling interest

Financial information of subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is provided below:

Proportion of equity interest held by non-controlling interests:

Medical Genetic Center
Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group (Hash-
emite Kingdom of Jordan)
SAMA Medical Laboratories Co.  " Ultra lab 
medical laboratory "
Al Borg Laboratory Company
Dynasty Group Holdings Limited
Eagle Eye

Country of 
incorporation
Egypt

Jordan

Sudan

Egypt
England and Wales
Mauritius

2019

45.0%

40.0%

20.0%

0.7%
49%
23.53%

2018

45.0%

40.0%

20.0%

0.7%
49%
26.4%

112 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
.
s
n
o
i
t
a
n
m

i

i
l
e
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
-
r
e
t
n

i
e
r
o
f
e
b
s
t
n
u
o
m
a
n
o
d
e
s
a
b
s
i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

s
i

.

Th
w
o
l
e
b
d
e
d

i
v
o
r
p
s
i

s
e
i
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
e
s
e
h
t

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
s
e

Th

l

a
t
o
T

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

p
u
o
r

G
y
t
s
a
n
y
D

i

s
e
i
r
a
d
i
s
b
u
s

l

a
i
r
e
t
a
m
m

i

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

y
n
a
p
m
o
C

y
r
o
t
a
r
o
b
a
L

r
e
h
t
O

y

l
l

i

a
u
d
v
d
n

i

i

g
r
o
b
A

l

,

0
4
5
4
7
6
2

,

7
8
8
0
2
7

,

)
4
1
1
2
3
(

,

3
7
7
8
8
6

,

)
6
9
3
6
(

,

)
2
6
4
0
2
(

,

,

4
6
8
2
3
1
1

,

,

2
0
5
3
0
3
1

,

)
7
5
9
5
1
2
(

,

)
3
3
2
9
6
3
(

,

,

6
7
1
1
5
8
1

,

8
0
7
4
4
1

,

7
7
5
6

,

3
6
9
6
1
7

,

)
5
2
5
7
6
(

,

)
9
7
0
1
8
6
(

,

)
4
6
0
5
2
(

,

2
1
7
0
3

,

)
4
2
6
7
4
(

,

)
6
2
5
0
2
(

,

)
0
5
1
8
6
(

,

)
0
9
0
6
2
(

,

)
5
9
7
5
1
(

,

-

2
7
5
6
2

,

,

7
7
6
0
6
1

)
6
5
1
7
2
(

,

3
9
0
0
6
1

,

5
4
4
8
7

,

-

)
0
0
5
(

5
6
8
4
3

,

)
9
6
5
6
6
(

,

,

6
6
1
2
0
5
1

,

7
1
2

4
4

0
9
1

9
5
5
1
5
4

,

9
4
7
1
5
4

,

2
6
3
1
2
5

,

7
9
4
5
9
7

,

)
6
5
5
4
9
(

,

)
9
3
9
0
7
1
(

,

,

4
6
3
1
5
0
1

,

9
2
8

-

3
7
1
3
4
4

,

)
0
3
7
3
5
(

,

)
0
6
2
9
2
4
(

,

-

-

4
3
3
7
7
8

,

3
3
8
3
7
2

,

8
4
2
2

,

3
3
8
3
7
2

,

6
4
5
0
8
2

,

,

1
4
2
7
9
3

)
3
9
1
9
6
(

,

)
6
8
1
3
2
1
(

,

8
0
4
5
8
4

,

6
3
4
3

,

-

9
6
3
8
6

,

,

4
1
4
9
2
2

)
3
8
1
0
6
2
(

,

)
4
0
2
2
3
(

,

)
7
1
8
9
3
(

,

0
0
6
7
3

,

4
0
5
3
4

,

0
0
7
6
5
2

,

)
8
7
7
1
1
(

,

6
2
7
1
3

,

2
0
4
7
1

,

)
1
1
7
4
(

,

2
9
8
7
7

,

1
9
4
9
6
1

,

)
8
0
2
2
5
(

,

)
7
4
3
6
4
(

,

8
2
8
8
4
1

,

1
3
5
9
5

,

6
6
5
4
4

,

)
5
9
5
5
1
(

,

)
1
0
5
6
2
(

,

7
7
5
6

,

7
4
0
9

,

-

8
2
6
7

,

)
5
8
3
(

)
5
8
3
(

)
3
7
1
(

-

-

8
8
7

0
0
3
6

,

)
5
0
6
1
(

,

3
8
4
5

,

8
6
4
2

,

-

-

-

0
1
3

0
1
3

)

n
a
d
r
o
J

'

0
0
0
P
G
E

e
t
i

m
e
h
s
a
H

(

f
o
m
o
d
g
n
K

i

l

A

n
u
o
y
i
r
a
b
h
k
a
M

p
u
o
r

G
b
a
r

A

l

A

r
e
t
n
e
C

'

0
0
0
P
G
E

c

i
t
e
n
e
G

l

i

a
c
d
e
M

s
s
o

l

r
o
t
fi
o
r
p
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t
d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
t
fi
o
r
P

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

e
m
o
c
n

i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t

O

:

9
1
0
2
r
o
f

e
u
n
e
v
e
R

t
fi
o
r
P

d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
e
m
o
c
n

i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t

O

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
a
s
a
n
o
i
t
i
s
o
p

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

r
o
f
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

w
o
fl
h
s
a
c
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y

-
n
o
n
o
t
e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a
s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c

g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
n
I

g
n
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

d
n
a
h
s
a
c
n
i

)
e
s
a
e
r
c
e
d
(
/
e
s
a
e
r
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
t
n
e
l
a
v
i
u
q
e
h
s
a
c

I
C
N
o
t
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  113

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
l

a
t
o
T

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

p
u
o
r

G
y
t
s
a
n
y
D

i

s
e
i
r
a
d
i
s
b
u
s

l

a
i
r
e
t
a
m
m

i

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

y
n
a
p
m
o
C

y
r
o
t
a
r
o
b
a
L

r
e
h
t
O

y

l
l

i

a
u
d
v
d
n

i

i

g
r
o
b
A

l

0
8
3
6

,

5
0
2
6

,

)
9
3
(

-

,

1
8
2
0
4
3
2

,

3
8
9
1
1

,

1
2
1
7
2
6

,

4
0
1
9
3
6

,

)
8
7
1
5
(

,

2
3
1
0
3

,

3
0
4
0
1

,

)
7
0
4
4
2
(

,

)
4
0
0
4
1
(

,

)
6
4
6
1
1
(

,

,

6
1
1
2
0
3
1

,

6
4
0
1

,

8
0
1
4
6
3

,

,

4
5
1
5
6
3

)
9
8
9
6
(

,

8
3
0
4
5
7

,

,

4
5
5
8
5
2

0
3
8
1

,

4
5
5
8
5
2

,

9
0
4
7
7
7

,

,

4
6
2
5
3
2
1

,

)
9
6
9
4
8
1
(

,

)
6
3
4
4
4
6
(

,

,

8
6
2
3
8
1
1

,

,

8
8
5
0
3
1

2
4
0
4
8
5

,

)
3
8
9
1
3
6
(

,

)
6
9
7
9
(

,

)
8
0
4
9
7
(

,

3
9
3
1
0
1

,

9
8
5
6
2

,

)
2
6
0
6
(

,

)
7
6
2
8
1
(

,

3
5
6
3
0
1

,

0
9
7
0
5

,

-

)
9
4
6
3
5
(

,

)
2
5
2
7
4
2
(

,

5
5
8
0
1
3

,

)
5
4
1
7
3
1
(

,

4
5
9
9

,

2
9
2
1
6
3

,

2
8
4
7
5
7

,

)
8
1
2
6
3
1
(

,

)
9
7
6
9
4
3
(

,

,

7
7
8
2
3
6

5
3
3
4
3

,

-

8
3
1
0
6
3

,

)
2
5
1
2
6
1
(

,

)
2
0
0
5
0
1
(

,

4
8
9
2
9

,

,

1
6
1
4
1
2

,

0
6
1
2
8
3

)
6
3
1
0
4
(

,

)
6
0
6
6
1
2
(

,

9
7
5
9
3
3

,

3
0
4
2

,

,

9
9
1
9
5
2

)
0
2
9
3
1
2
(

,

)
6
6
1
1
9
2
(

,

)
5
2
3
2
(

,

)
2
1
2
8
4
2
(

,

3
6
2
7
2

,

,

9
8
4
2
4
2

4
3
5

7
9
7
7
2

,

5
0
9
0
1

,

4
1
2

7
8
6
9
9

,

7
6
1
2
6

,

)
1
1
5
2
(

,

)
8
8
0
6
5
(

,

5
5
2
3
0
1

,

2
0
3
1
4

,

8
9
7
8
1

,

)
4
7
6
8
(

,

5
9
4
6

,

)
8
8
9
6
(

,

1
3
6
9

,

3
0
6
1

,

6
0
5
1
1

,

-

3
0
6
1

,

-

2
2
7

6
7
8

)
2
4
(

6
6
8
6

,

)
6
9
7
3
(

,

4
0
9
3

,

8
5
7
1

,

5
1

)
4
4
4
(

)
0
9
5
(

)
3
8
4
(

)
2
0
5
1
(

,

)

n
a
d
r
o
J

'

0
0
0
P
G
E

e
t
i

m
e
h
s
a
H

(

f
o
m
o
d
g
n
K

i

l

A

n
u
o
y
i
r
a
b
h
k
a
M

p
u
o
r

G
b
a
r

A

l

A

r
e
t
n
e
C

'

0
0
0
P
G
E

c

i
t
e
n
e
G

l

i

a
c
d
e
M

s
s
o

l

r
o
t
fi
o
r
p
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t
d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
t
fi
o
r
P

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

e
m
o
c
n

i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t

O

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

:

8
1
0
2
r
o
f

e
u
n
e
v
e
R

t
fi
o
r
P

114 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
e
m
o
c
n

i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t

O

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
a
s
a
n
o
i
t
i
s
o
p

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

r
o
f
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

w
o
fl
h
s
a
c
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y

-
n
o
n
o
t
e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a
s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c

d
n
a
h
s
a
c
n
i

)
e
s
a
e
r
c
e
d
(
/
e
s
a
e
r
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
t
n
e
l
a
v
i
u
q
e
h
s
a
c

I
C
N
o
t
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
n
I

g
n
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. 
Included in profit and loss are the following:

Expenses and other income

Impairment on trade and other receivables
Charge for increase in provisions 
Professional and advisory fees
Amortisation
Depreciation
Total

2019

EGP’000

                8,647 
                3,521 
                9,499 
                6,862 
             146,617 
           175,146 

2018

EGP’000

              9,635 
                793 
            31,938 
              6,398 
            70,989 
         119,753 

7.1 Auditor’s remuneration
The group paid or accrued the following amounts to its auditor and its associates in respect of the audit of the financial 
statements and for other services provided to the group

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Group’s 
annual financial statements
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Tax compliance and advisory services

7.2  Net finance costs

Interest expense
Net foreign exchange loss
Bank Charges
Total finance costs

Interest income
Gain on hyperinflationary net monetary position
Total finance income
Net finance income /(cost)

2019

EGP’000

2018

EGP’000

                       11,385 

              6,344 

                       2,826 
                          164 
             14,375 

              2,528 
                  55 
             8,927 

2019

EGP’000

                    (60,997)
                    (15,517)
                      (3,591)
                    (80,105)

2019

EGP’000

                     43,576 
                       3,833 
                     47,409 
           (32,696)

2018

EGP’000

                 (11,855)
                 (15,706)
                   (3,454)
                 (31,015)

2018

EGP’000

                  59,305 
                    4,125 
                  63,430 
           32,415 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  115

Employee numbers and costs

7.3 
The average number of persons employed by the Group (including directors) during the year and the aggregate payroll 
costs of these persons, analysed by category, were as follows:

2019

2018

Medical Administration

Total 

Medical Administration

Total 

                4,168 

              1,272 

        5,440 

             3,672 

1270

      4,942 

Average number of 
employees

2019 

EGP'000

2018

EGP'000

Medical Administration

Total 

Medical Administration

Total 

           357,308 

          109,932 

    467,240 

          290,508 

98162

388,670 

            20,082 

              4,647 

      24,729 

           17,958 

4157

22,115 

5,700 

1,399 

7,099 

4,974 

1334

6,308 

          383,090 

115,978 

499,068 

313,440 

103,653 

417,093 

Wages and salaries
Social security 
costs
Contributions to 
defined contribu-
tion plan 
Total

Details of Directors’ and Key Management remuneration and share incentives are disclosed in the Remuneration Re-
port and note 28.

8. 
a) Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Income tax 

Current year tax
WHT suffered
Current tax

DT on undistributed reserves
DT on reversal of temporary differences
Total Deferred tax 
Tax expense recognized in profit or loss

2019

EGP’000

 (220,390)
 (27,581)
  (247,971)

 (5,241)
         (397)
      (5,638)
 (253,609)

2018

EGP’000

 (196,477)
 (21,587)
  (218,064)

 (6,761)
4,381 
      (2,380)
 (220,444)

b) Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The Company is treated as a tax resident of Jersey for the purpose of Jersey tax laws and is subject to a tax rate of 0%. The 
Company tax domicile in the UK. As a holding company for the IDH group, the Board concluded that the UK represents 
the most effective and efficient jurisdiction from which to manage the Company. The current income tax charge for the 
Group represents tax charges on profits arising in Egypt, Jordan and Sudan.  The significant profits arising within the 
Group subject to corporate income tax are generated from the Egyptian operations and subject to 22.5% (2018: 22.5%) 
tax rate. The reconciliation of effective income tax rate has been performed using this rate.

116 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
In accordance with the Egyptian Law No. 991 of 2005, the employees' profit share are deducted from the retained earn-
ings of the company and are approved by the general association meeting.

In July 2018, the Egyptian Government imposed a new tax related to health care of 0.25% on total income. As result the 
Group has recorded an additional EGP 6.3m in income tax expense.    

Profit before tax
Profit before tax multiplied by rate of corporation tax in Egypt of 22.5% 
(2018: 22.5%)
Effect of tax rate in Jersey of 0% (2018: 0%)
Effect of tax rates in Jordan, Sudan and Nigeria of 20%, 30% and 30% 
respectively (2018: 20%, 15% and 30%)
Tax effect of:
Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets
Deferred tax arising on undistributed dividend
Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes - employee profit share
Current year losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized
Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes - other 
Tax expense recognised in profit or loss

Deferred tax
Deferred tax relates to the following:

2019
EGP’000
758,143 

170,582 

12,901 

(3,705)

2,018 
32,822
22,430 
12,025
4,536 
253,609 

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Undistributed reserves from 
group subsidiaries*
Provisions and finance lease 
liabilities
Total deferred tax assets - 
liability 

2019

Assets

EGP’000

-
-

-

1,360

1,360

Liabilities

EGP’000

(17,460)
(108,365)

(49,534)

-

(175,359)

2018

Assets

EGP’000

-
-

-

2,619

2,619

2018
EGP’000
717,357 

161,405

9,466

-1,154

1,823
28,348
14,314
-
6,242
220,444 

Liabilities

EGP’000

(20,562)
(106,125)

(44,293)

-

(170,980)

-

(174,000)

-

(168,361)

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  117

The difference between net deferred tax balances recorded on the income statement is as follows: 

2019
Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Undistributed dividend 
from group subsidiaries
Provisions and finance 
lease liabilities

Net Balance 1 
January

Deferred tax 
recognised in 
profit or loss

(20,562)

(106,125)

(44,293)

3,102

(2,240)

(32,822)

2,619

(1,259)

Deferred 
tax effect of 
current tax 
recognised in 
profit and loss 
on dividend 
payment

-

-

27,581

-

(168,361)

(33,219)

27,581

Acquired 
in business 
combinations

Net Balance 31 
December

-

-

-

-

-

(17,460)

(108,365)

(49,534)

1,360

(173,999)

Net balance at 
1 January

Deferred tax 
recognised in 
profit or loss

Deferred 
tax effect of 
current tax 
recognised in 
profit and loss 
on dividend 
payment

Acquired 
in business 
combinations

Net balance 31 
December

(17,159)

(106,651)

(37,532)

(3,403)

7,795

(28,348)

2,630

(11)

-

-

21,587

-

-

(20,562)

(7,269)

(106,125)

-

-

(44,293)

2,619

(158,712)

(23,967)

21,587

(7,269)

(168,361)

2018
Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Undistributed dividend 
from group subsidiaries
Provisions and finance 
lease liabilities

All movements in the deferred tax asset/liability in the year have been recognised in the profit or loss account.
Deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  have  been  calculated  based  on  the  enacted  tax  rate  at  31  December  2018  for  the 
country the liabilities and assets has arisen. The enacted tax rate in Egypt is 22.5% (2018: 22.5%), Jordan 21% (2018: 
20%), Sudan 30% (2018: 15%) and Nigeria 30% (2018: 30%).

* Undistributed reserves from group subsidiaries

118 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
The Group’s dividend policy is to distribute any excess cash after taking into consideration all business cash require-
ments and potential acquisition considerations. The expectation is to distribute profits held within subsidiaries of the 
Group in the near foreseeable future. During 2015 the Egyptian Government imposed a tax on dividends at a rate of 
5% of dividends distributed from Egyptian entities. As a result a deferred tax liability has been recorded for the future 
tax  expected  to  be  incurred  from  undistributed  reserves  held  within  the  Group  which  will  be  taxed  under  the  new 
legislation imposed and were as follows:

Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs
Alborg Laboratory Company
Integrated Medical Analysis Company
Molecular Diagnostic Center 
Medical Genetics Center
Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group

2019

EGP’000

22,524
12,343
8,987
434
44
5,202
49,534

2018

EGP’000 

19,694
12,216
7,997
383
58
3,947
44,295

Unrecognized deferred tax assets 
The following deferred tax assets were not recognized due to the uncertainty that those items will have a future tax 
benefit as the tax law does not recognize the balance of provisions except when it is used only. No deferred tax asset has 
been recognised on tax losses due to uncertainty that future taxable profit will be available against which the Group 
can use the benefits therefrom:

2019

Gross Amount

EGP'000

      36,012 

        8,516 

        5,082 

      57,633 
   107,243 

     28,452 

Impairment of trade 
receivables (Note 16)
Impairment of other 
receivables (Note 16)
Provision for legal 
claims (Note 22)
Tax losses

Unrecognized 
deferred tax asset

2019

Tax Effect

EGP'000

      8,103 

      1,916 

      1,143 

    17,290 
   28,452 

2018

Gross Amount

EGP'000

    29,295 

      8,516 

      2,828 

          -   
  40,639 

    9,144 

2018

Tax Effect

EGP'000

      6,591 

      1,916 

        636 

          -   
     9,143 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  119

Earnings per share (EPS) 

9. 
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. There are no dilutive effects from ordinary 
share and no adjustment required to weighted-average numbers of ordinary shares.

The following table reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computation:

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent for basic 
earnings
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic and dilutive EPS
Basic and dilutive earnings per share (expressed in EGP)

There is no dilutive effect from equity.

2019

EGP’000

510,931

150,000
3.41 

2018 

EGP’000

502,092

150,000
3.35 

120 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
l

a
t
o
T

*
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
c
n

i

l

s
e
c
h
e
v

i

n
o
t
n
e
m
y
a
P

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m

i

&
s
g
n
i
t
t
fi

l

d
o
h
e
s
a
e
L

m
e
t
s
y
s

&
g
n
d

i

l
i

u
B

l

d
o
h
e
s
a
e
L

,
s
e
r
u
t
x
F

i

,
l

i

a
c
d
e
M

&
c

i
r
t
c
e
e

l

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

-

3
1
9
4
8
6

,

4
9
8
0
6
2

,

4
0
7
2
4

,

)
1
7
2
1
(

,

)
3
3
2
4
1
(

,

7
0
0
3
7
9

,

0
1
3
3
1
2

,

)
2
4
1
9
(

,

)
7
8
6
5
4
(

,

-

,

8
8
4
1
3
1
1

,

9
8
9
0
7

,

7
2
1
1
1
2

,

)
2
7
8
0
1
(

,

)
6
1
0
4
(

,

8
2
2
7
6
2

,

1
0
9
8
9

,

)
4
1
5
6
(

,

)
4
7
6
3
1
(

,

1
4
9
5
4
3

,

7
4
5
5
8
7

,

9
7
7
5
0
7

,

.

b
a
L
a
g
e
M

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9
9
0
4

,

9
9
0
4

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0
3
1
3
4

,

9
4
1
4
0
1

,

-

1
2
1

1
7
7
3

,

-

)
4
2
4
5
(

,

7
4
7
5
4
1

,

8
3
7
5
5

,

)
6
9
6
4
(

,

4
2
9
9
1

,

)
5
6
8
6
7
1
(

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9
9
0
4

,

4
2
9
9
1

,

7
4
7
5
4
1

,

7
0
9

0
5
0
5
4

,

4
1
7
1
1

,

-

)
2
9
9
(

)
3
7
1
1
(

,

6
0
5
5
5

,

6
5
7
4
1

,

)
3
6
7
2
(

,

)
8
9
5
5
(

,

0
6
5
4

,

1
6
4
6
6

,

3
0
3
4

,

)
3
0
3
(

)
9
6
7
(

3
0
5
8
1

,

4
3
7
1
2

,

0
4
1
5

,

)
8
3
2
2
(

,

)
6
6
5
3
(

,

0
7
0
1
2

,

1
9
3
5
4

,

2
7
7
3
3

,

-

2
3
7
8
3

,

1
5
3
7
4
1

,

)
8
4
6
(

4
2
4
5

,

)
1
8
3
5
(

,

8
7
4
5
8
1

,

1
6
9
2
4

,

)
2
1
7
1
(

,

)
7
7
5
9
(

,

1
3
1
8

,

1
8
2
5
2
2

,

6
0
6
1
6

,

4
8
7
4
2

,

)
7
2
8
4
(

,

)
0
6
7
(

3
0
8
0
8

,

1
5
0
8
2

,

)
2
5
3
1
(

,

)
5
9
3
2
(

,

7
0
1
5
0
1

,

3
7
1
0
2
1

,

5
7
6
4
0
1

,

8
0
6
7
3
2

,

9
9
2
6
0
1

,

-

)
9
4
(

5
1
6
1
3

,

)
0
6
8
7
(

,

3
1
6
7
6
3

,

7
0
1
5
9

,

)
7
6
6
4
(

,

4
6
8
6
4

,

)
7
4
5
1
2
(

,

0
7
3
3
8
4

,

6
9
9
5
0
1

,

2
9
5
4
3

,

)
2
4
7
5
(

,

)
7
9
4
2
(

,

9
4
3
2
3
1

,

4
5
0
8
5

,

)
4
2
9
2
(

,

)
3
3
4
7
(

,

6
4
0
0
8
1

,

4
2
3
3
0
3

,

4
6
2
5
3
2

,

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e

i

&
d
n
a
L

s
g
n
d

i

l
i

u
B

-

4
7
7
1
1
2

,

1
1
4
6

,

-

-

8
7
4

3
6
6
8
1
2

,

-

9
4
6

)
9
6
2
4
(

,

0
1
3
7
1
1

,

3
5
3
2
3
3

,

-

0
1

0
1
3
7

,

2
2
0
5
2

,

-

6
5
6
7

,

2
4
3
2
3

,

)
0
8
2
(

8
1
7
9
3

,

4
3
6
2
9
2

,

1
2
3
6
8
1

,

n
o
i
t
a
u
l
a
v
r
o
t
s
o
C

8
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
A

s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
b
n

i

d
e
r
i
u
q
c
A

n
o
i
t
a
n
i
b
m
o
c

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T

8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
f
e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

8
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
A

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T

8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
r
o
f
e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

e
u
l
a
v
k
o
o
b
t
e
N

9
1
0
2
-
2
1
-
1
3
t
A

8
1
0
2
-
2
1
-
1
3
t
A

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
d
n
a
t
n
a
p

l

,

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
P

.

0
1

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  121

’

t
r
a
-
e
h
t
-
f
o
-
e
t
a
t
s
w
e
n
s
p
u
o
r
G
e
h
t
e
c
i
v
r
e
s
o
t
d
e
i
l

p
p
u
s

s
i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
s
i

i

Th

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
g
n
a
r
r
a
e
s
a
e
l

i

r
e
d
n
u
t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
c
i
r
t
c
e
l
e
d
n
a
l
a
c
i
d
e
m

s
e
s
a
e
l

p
u
o
r
G
e

Th

)
7
1
S
A

I

d
n
a
e
s
a
e

l

e
c
n
a
n
fi
a
s
a
d
e
fi
i
s
s
a
l
c
(

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
d
e
s
a
e
L

.

m
0
4
P
G
E
s
a
w

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
d
e
s
a
e
l

f
o
t
n
u
o
m
a
g
n
i
y
r
r
a
c
t
e
n
e
h
t

,

8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

.

e
l
u
d
e
h
c
s

t
n
e
m
y
a
p
a
a
i
v
ff
o
g
n
i
y
a
p
e
r
a
d
n
a
1
2
0
2
n

i

n
w
o
d
n
a
e
v
i
e
c
e
r

l
l
i

w
H
D

I

t
a
h
t

s
e
h
c
n
a
r
b
o
t

t
c
e
p
s
e
r
h
t
i

w
a
s
a
e
d
a
m

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
o
t

s
e
t
a
l
e
r

s
i

h
t

t
n
u
o
c
c
a
n
o
t
n
e
m
y
a
P

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
                                                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
                                                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. 

Intangible assets

Brand Name

EGP’000

Software

EGP’000

Goodwill

EGP’000

1,260,453
15,077

(4,534)

1,270,996

(6,910)

1,264,086

1,849
-

-

1,849
-

-

1,849

Cost
At 1 January 2018
Additions
Effect of movements 
in exchange rates
At 31 December 2018
Additions (note 6)
Effect of movements 
in exchange rates
At 31 December 2019

Amortisation and 
impairment
At 1 January 2018
Amortisation
Effect of movements 
in exchange rates
At 31 December 2018
Amortisation
Effect of movements 
in exchange rates
At 31 December 2019
Net book value
At 31 December 2019
At 31 December 2018

387,287
-

(530)

386,757

(2,343)

384,414

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

1,262,237
1,269,147

384,414
386,757

Total

EGP’000

1,692,309
25,659

(5,045)

1,712,923
4,688

(9,553)

1,708,058

34,057
6,398

5

40,460
6,862

(100)

47,222

1,660,836
1,672,463

44,569
10,582

19

55,170
4,688

(300)

59,558

32,208
6,398

5

38,611
6,862

(100)

45,373

14,185
16,559

122 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
12.  Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives (note 2.2-i)
Goodwill  acquired  through  business  combinations  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  allocated  to  the 
Group’s CGUs as follows: 

Medical Genetics Center
Goodwill 

Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group (“Biolab”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Golden Care for Medical Services (“Ultralab”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Alborg Laboratory Company (“Al-Borg”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs (“Al-Mokhtabar”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Echo-Scan
Goodwill

Balance at 31 December

 2019

EGP’000

2018 

EGP’000

              1,755 
             1,755 

            47,096 
            20,567 
           67,663 

              3,353 
                462 
             3,815 

          497,275 
          142,066 
         639,341 

          699,102 
          221,319 
         920,421 

            13,656 
           13,656 
      1,646,651 

              1,755 
             1,755 

            52,403 
            22,885 
           75,288 

              3,535 
                487 
             4,022 

          497,275 
          142,066 
         639,341 

          699,102 
          221,319 
         920,421 

            15,077 
           15,077 
      1,655,904 

The  Group  performed  its  annual  impairment  test  in  October  2019.  Nothing  occurred  between  the  impairment  test 
and the balance sheet date that would require the assumptions in the models to be updated. The Group considers the 
relationship between its market capitalisation and its book value, among other factors, when reviewing for indicators 
of impairment.

Management have considered the current effects of Corona virus and believe it represents a non-adjusting post balance 
sheet  event  with  respect  to  the  impairment  testing  carried  out  in  October  2019. The  impairment  calculations  were 
prepared for the purposes of the balance at the balance sheet date 31/12/2019. At this point in time there were no 
indications of impact of COVID-19 and at that point in time the number of cases were few therefore it has been deemed 
to be a non-adjusting event. However, the impact of corona virus on the business could have a resulting impact on the 
headroom and need for impairment in the models should it significantly impact the business for an extended period of 
time. It is currently too early to determine the full impact that the virus may have on the individual CGU’s.

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations and sensitivity to changes in assumptions 
IDH instructed FinCorp Investment Holding (referred to hereafter as “Fincorp”) an independent financial advisor, to 
prepare an independent impairment assessment of the Group’s CGUs. The assessment was carried out based on busi-
ness plans provided by IDH.  

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  123

These plans have been prepared based on criteria set out below: 

Average annual patient 
growth rate from 2020 -2024
Average annual price per test 
growth rate from 2020 -2024
Annual revenue growth rate 
from 2020 -2024
Average gross margin from 
2020 -2024
Terminal value growth rate 
from 1 January 2025
Discount rate

Average annual patient 
growth rate from 2019 -2023
Average annual price per test 
growth rate from 2019 -2023
Annual revenue growth rate 
from 2019 -2023
Average gross margin from 
2019 -2023
Terminal value growth rate 
from 1 January 2024
Discount rate

Ultra Lab

Bio Lab Al-Mokhtabar

Al-Borg

Echo-Scan

Year 2019

8%

4%

14%

36%

2%

5%

0%

5%

40%

2%

4%

8%

12%

52%

3%

4%

9%

13%

47%

3%

25%

13%

51%

46%

2%

27.20%

14.70%

16.60%

16.20%

22.20%

Ultra Lab

Bio Lab Al-Mokhtabar

Al-Borg

Echo-Scan

Year 2018

8%

11%

18%

42%

2%

5%

0%

5%

35%

2%

4%

11%

15%

51%

3%

3%

11%

19%

45%

3%

20%

9%

46%

54%

2%

28.60%

15.10%

19.30%

19.30%

23.70%

During year 2019, The management has conducted business plan projection with the help of an independent advisor 
(Fincorp), using the key assumptions above to be able to calculate the net present value of the asset in use and deter-
mine the recoverable amount. The projected cash flows from 2020- 2024 have been based on detailed forecasts prepared 
by management for each CGU and a terminal value thereafter. Management have used experience and historic trends 
achieved in order to determine the key growth rate and margin assumptions set out above. The terminal value growth 
rate applied is not considered to exceed the average growth rate for the industry and geographic locations of the CGUs. 

Management also considered a change in the discount rates of 1-3%, increasing those rates to reflect additional risk 
that could reasonably be foreseen in the marketplaces in which the Group operates. This did not result in an impair-
ment under any of these scenarios.

This recoverable amount is then compared to the carrying value of the asset as recorded in the books and records of 
IDH plc.  The WACC has been used considering the risks of each CGU. 

These risks include country risk, currency risk as well as the beta factor relating to the CGU and how it performs relative 
to the market. 

124 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Moreover,  the  only  CGU  where  a  reasonably  possible  change  in  a  key  assumption  which  could  cause  the  carrying 
amount to exceed its recoverable amount is Echo Scan. The estimated recoverable amount of Echo Scan exceeded its 
carrying amount by EGP 90 million. Management has identified that if the average annual revenue growth rate from 
2020-2024 fell by 10.8% (a 25% fall of all revenues in the model) this would cause the recoverable amount to equal the 
carrying amount. Management is satisfied that the sensitivity analysis doesn’t give rise to an impairment risk.
The  conclusions  from  the  impairment  review  were  that  there  was  headroom  within  the  forecasts  and  therefore  no 
impairment is required.

13.  Other investments

Equity investments*
Balance at 31 December

2019

EGP'000

       6,391 
    6,391 

2018

EGP'000

              -   
              -   

* Al Makhbaryoun Al Arab LLC (Biolab) received shares representing an 8.025% interest in JSC Mega-Lab in an agreement signed on 8 April 2019. 
The shares represent payment for the purchase of IT technology (LIMS) from Biolab in relation to an agreement with EVEX Medical Corporation 

to establish the biggest laboratory among the West Asia countries located in Tbilisi. This 4000-square-meters diagnostic medical laboratory will 

connect more than 40 hospitals, and diagnostic centers that are part of EVEX group, utilizing the advanced technological systems that Biolab created 

in Jordan. EVEX Medical Corporation is the largest chain of hospitals in Georgia, currently represented with 78 clinics in 6 regions of Georgia.

The agreement is based on two elements:

1.  Implementation of the technological platforms and biolab LIMS at Evex labs.
2.  Taking  the  Mega  Lab  through  the  journey  of  Joint  Commission  International  accreditation  (JCI),  within  two 

years from the expected launch date of the central laboratory.

14. 
The fair values of all financial assets and financial liabilities by class shown in the balance sheet are as follows:

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Cash and cash equivalent
Short term deposits - treasury bills
Trade and other receivables (Note 16)
Total financial assets

Trade and other payables
Put option liability
Lease liabilities
Loans and borrowings 
Total other financial liabilities
Total financial instruments

2019

EGP'000

                       408,892 
                       221,617 
                       289,833 
                     920,342 

2019

EGP'000

                       315,054 
                       229,164 
                       338,073 
                       111,750 
                     994,040 
              (73,698)

2018 

EGP'00

                 412,607 
                 239,905 
                 264,037 
               916,549 

2018 

EGP'00

                 281,183 
                 145,275 
                   90,581 
                 133,039 
               650,078 
         266,471 

The fair values measurements for all the Group companies has been categorized as Level 2, except Echo-Scan which 
has been categorized as level 3.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  125

Makhbariyoun Al Arab put option (note 24) has been categorized as Level 2.
Echo-Scan put option (note 26) has been categorized as Level 2.

Financial instruments risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s principal financial liabilities are trade and other payables, put option liability and finance lease liabilities. 
The Group’s principal financial assets include trade and other receivables, and cash and short-term deposits that derive 
directly from its operations.

The  Group  is  exposed  to  market  risk,  credit  risk  and  liquidity  risk.  The  Group’s  overall  risk  management  program 
focuses on the unpredictability of markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance. The Group’s senior management oversees the management of these risks. The Board of Directors reviews 
and agrees policies for managing each of these risks, which are summarised below. 

The board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, 
such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-deriva-
tive financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

•  Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes 
in market prices. Market risk comprises three types of risk: interest rate risk, currency risk and other price risk, such as 
equity price risk and commodity risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and borrowings and 
deposits. The sensitivity analyses in the following sections relate to the position as at 31 December in 2019 and 2018. The 
sensitivity analyses have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest 
rates of the debt and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant.

The analyses exclude the impact of movements in market variables on: the carrying values of pension and other post-
retirement obligations; provisions; and the non-financial assets and liabilities of foreign operations. The following as-
sumptions have been made in calculating the sensitivity analyses:

•  The sensitivity of the relevant statement of profit or loss item is the effect of the assumed changes in respective 
market risks. This is based on the financial assets and financial liabilities held at 31 December 2019 and 2018.
•  The sensitivity of equity is calculated by considering the effect of any associated cash flow hedges and hedges 
of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary at 31 December 2019 for the effects of the assumed changes of the 
underlying risk.

Interest rate risk

• 
The Group is trying to minimize its interest rate exposure, especially in Egypt region, characterized by decreasing inter-
est rate environment. This is achieved partially by entering into fixed-rate instrument and partly by borrowing at the 
floating rate. 

Exposure to interest rate risk
The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments as reported to the management of the 
group is as follow:

Fixed-rate instruments
Lease liabilities (note 27)
Variable-rate instruments
Loans and borrowings (note 25)

126 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

2019

EGP’000

338,073

106,721

2018 

EGP’000

90,581

126,855

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
The Group does not account for any fixed-rate financial liabilities at FVTPL. Therefore, a change in interest rates at the 
reporting date would not affect profit or loss. 

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable-rate instruments
A reasonable possible change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) 
profit or loss by the amounts EGP 1,067K. This analysis assumes that all other variables, remain constant. 

•  Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes 
in foreign exchange rates. 

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, 
primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Sudanese Pound, the Jordanian Dinar and Nigerian Naira. Foreign exchange 
risk arises from to the Group’s operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in a foreign currency), rec-
ognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. However, the management aims to minimize 
open positions in foreign currencies to the extent that is necessary to conduct its activities.

Management has set up a policy to require group companies to manage their foreign exchange risk against their func-
tional currency. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are 
denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.

At year end, major financial assets / (liabilities) denominated in foreign currencies were as follows (the amounts pre-
sented are shown in the foreign currencies in thousands):

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents 
3,715
9
4
986
13,608
237,189

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents 
7,012
32
4
601
7,299

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SDG
NGN

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SDG

Assets

Liabilities

31-Dec-19

Other 
assets
397
-
-
2,224
10,150
164,878

Total 
assets
4,112
9
4
3,210
23,758
402,067

Put 
option
-
-
-
(8,850)
-
(680,298)

Finance
(4,049)
-
-
(3,252)
(15,559)
(179,290)

Total 
Trade 
liability
payables
(5,379)
(1,330)
(14)
(14)
-
-
(13,996)
(1,894)
(20,253)
(35,812)
(518,718) (1,378,306)

Net 
exposure
(1,267)
(5)
4
(10,786)
(12,054)
(976,239)

Assets

Liabilities

31-Dec-18

Other 
assets
336
-
-
1,882
18,741

Total 
assets
7,348
32
4
2,483
26,040

Put 
option
-
-
-
(5,259)
-

Finance
(4,559)
-
-
(141)
-

Trade 
payables
(2,405)
(31)
-
(1,259)
(14,754)

Total 
liability
(6,964)
(31)
-
(6,659)
(14,754)

Net 
exposure
384
1
4
(4,176)
11,286

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  127

The following is the exchange rates applied:

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SAR
SDG
NGN

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SAR
SDG
NGN

Average rate for the year ended

31-Dec-19  

                  16.68 
                  18.68 
                   21.35 
                   23.49 
                     4.47 
                     0.36 
                     0.05 

31-Dec-18
17.71
20.83
23.51
24.96
4.68
0.57
0.06

Spot rate for the year ended

31-Dec-19  

31-Dec-18

                  15.98 
                  17.94 
                   21.09 
                   22.50 
                     4.26 
                     0.35 
                     0.04 

17.78
20.31
22.55
25.04
4.76
0.37
0.06

At 31 December 2019, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other 
variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have increased / decreased by EGP (1.2m) (2018: EGP 0.7m), 
mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of US dollar-denominated financial assets and liabilities.

At 31 December 2019, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Jordanian Dinar with all other 
variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have been increased / decreased by EGP 37m (2018: EGP (10.5m)), 
mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of JOD - denominated financial assets and liabilities.

At 31 December 2019, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Sudanese Pound with all other 
variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have been increased / decreased by EGP 2.6m (2018: EGP 0.4m), 
mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of SDG -denominated financial assets and liabilities.

At 31 December 2019, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Nigeria Naira with all 
other  variables  held  constant,  pre-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  increased  /  decreased  by  EGP  8m  (2018: 
(0.8m)), mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of SDG -denominated financial assets and 
liabilities. 

•  Price risk
The group does not have investments in equity securities or bonds and accordingly is not exposed to price risk related 
to the change in the fair value of the investments.

128 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
•  Credit risk
Credit  risk  is  the  risk  that  a  counterparty  will  not  meet  its  obligations  under  a  financial  instrument  or  customer 
contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade 
receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange 
transactions and other financial instruments. 

Credit  risk  is  managed  on  a  group  basis,  except  for  credit  risk  relating  to  accounts  receivable  balances.  Each  local 
entity is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard payment 
and delivery terms and conditions are offered. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial 
instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including 
outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 

For banks and financial institutions, the Group is only dealing with the banks which have a high independent rating 
and a good reputation.

Trade receivables
Each business unit subject to the Group’s established policy, procedures and control relating to customer credit risk 
management manages customer credit risk. Credit quality of a customer is assessed based on an individual credit limits 
are defined in accordance with this assessment. Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored and the 
average general credit terms given to contract customers are 45 days.

An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date on an individual basis for major clients. In addition, a 
large  number  of  minor  receivables  are  grouped  into  homogenous  groups  and  assessed  for  impairment  collectively. 
The calculation is based on actual incurred historical data and expected future credit losses. The Group does not hold 
collateral as security.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial assets dis-
closed in Note 16. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by the Group’s treasury department in ac-
cordance with the Group’s policy. Investments of surplus funds are made only with approved counterparties and within 
credit limits assigned to each counterparty. Counterparty credit limits are reviewed by the Group’s Board of Directors 
on an annual basis and may be updated throughout the year subject to approval of the Group’s management. The limits 
are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial loss through a counterparty’s potential 
failure to make payments.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents disclosed 
in Note 17.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  129

•  Liquidity risk
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of finance 
leases and loans.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted 
payments:

Year ended 31 December 2019
Lease liabilities 
Put option liability
Loans and borrowings 
Trade and other payables

Year ended 31 December 2018
Lease liabilities 
Put option liability
Loans and borrowings 
Trade and other payables

1 year or less
117,712
199,141
38,580
315,054
670,487

1 year or less
35,805
131,671
45,612
281,183
494,271

1 to 5 years
368,832
-
85,726
-
454,558

1 to 5 years
95,242
-
113,756
-
208,998

more than 5 
years
87,558
41,732
23,834
-
153,124

more than 5 
years
-
16,707
38,495
-
55,202

Total
574,102
240,873
148,140
315,054
1,278,169

Total
131,047
148,378
197,863
281,183
758,471

Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the group and aggregated by group finance. Group finance 
monitors  rolling  forecasts  of  the  group’s  liquidity  requirements  to  ensure  it  has  sufficient  cash  to  meet  operational 
needs. Such forecasting takes into consideration the group’s compliance with internal financial position ratio targets 
and, if applicable external regulatory or legal requirements – for example, currency restrictions.

The group’s management retain cash balances in order to allow repayment of obligations in due dates, without taking 
into account any unusual effects which it cannot be predicted such as natural disasters. All suppliers and creditors will 
be repaid over a period not less 30 days from the date of the invoice or the date of the commitment.

15. 

Inventories

Chemicals and operating supplies

2019

EGP’000

84,339
84,339

2018 

EGP’000

91,079
91,079

During 2019, EGP 391,574k (2018: EGP 353,789k) was recognised as an expense for inventories, this was recognised in 
cost of sales.

130 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
16. 

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Prepaid expenses
Receivables due from related parties
Other receivables
Accrued revenue

2019

EGP’000

          260,746 
            32,972 
              6,191 
            21,969 
                 927 
        322,805 

2018 

EGP’000

                220,396 
                  35,954 
                    6,588 
                  31,584 
                    5,469 
              299,991 

For terms and conditions relating to related party receivables, refer to Note 28.

As at 31 December 2019, the expected credit loss related to trade and other receivables was EGP 44,528k (2018: EGP 
37,811k). Below show the movements in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables: 

At 1 January 
Charge for the year
Utilised
Unused amounts reversed
Exchange differences
At 31 December

2019

EGP'000

            37,811 
              8,647 
               (493)
        (1,155)
          (282)
          44,528 

2018

EGP'000

                  29,852 
                    9,635 
                      (240)
                   (1,056)
                      (380)
                 37,811 

No debts have met the group’s definition of default

The Group allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on data that is determined to be predictive of the risk 
of loss (historical customer’s collection, Customers' contracts conditions) and applying experienced credit judgement. 
Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative and quantitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default.

Expected credit loss assessment is based on the following:

1.  The customer list was divided into 9 sectors
2.  Each sector was divided according to customers aging 
3.  Each sector was studied according to the historical events of each sector. According to the study conducted, the 

expected default rate was derived from each of the aforementioned period.

4.  General economic conditions

Based  on  the  expected  credit  loss  assessment,  additional  provision  was  calculated  for  each  period,  yielding  an  ad-
ditional Expected Credit Losses (ECL) for IDH Group amounting to EGP 8.6 million. On quarterly basis, IDH revises 
its forward-looking estimates and the general economic conditions to assess the expected credit loss, which will be 
mainly based on current and expected inflation rates. The results of the quarterly assessment will increase/decrease the 
percentage allocated to each period.

A reasonable possible change of 100 basis points in the expected credit loss at the reporting date would have increased 
(decreased) profit or loss by the amount of EGP 1,957K. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  131

The following table provides information about the exposure to credit risk and ECLs for trade receivables and contract 
assets from individual customers as at:  

31-Dec-19

Current (not past due)
1–30 days past due
31–60 days past due
61–90 days past due
91–120 days past due
121–150 days past due
More than 150 days past due

31-Dec-18

Current (not past due)
1–30 days past due
31–60 days past due
61–90 days past due
91–120 days past due
121–150 days past due
More than 150 days past due

Weighted 
average loss rate
EGP'000

Gross carrying 
amount
EGP'000

0.06%
0.15%
0.24%
8.14%
11.09%
12.97%
41.17%

89,066
55,915
38,601
16,544
9,594
8,716
78,308

Weighted 
average loss rate
EGP'000

Gross carrying 
amount
EGP'000

0.16%
0.20%
1.10%
3.53%
5.60%
6.06%
60.13%

108,322
41,808
28,176
12,537
6,531
6,552
45,765

Loss allowance

EGP'000

             (56)
             (81)
             (94)
        (1,347)
        (1,064)
        (1,131)
       (32,239)

Loss allowance

EGP'000

           (173)
             (85)
           (311)
           (443)
           (366)
           (397)
       (27,520)

As at 31 December, the ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

2019
2018

Total

< 30 days

30-60 days

61-90 days

> 90 days

        260,746 
        220,396 

           144,856 
           149,873 

            38,508 
            27,866 

          15,197 
          12,094 

                  62,185 
                  30,563 

17. 

Cash and cash equivalent

Cash at banks and on hand
Treasury bills
Short-term deposits

2019

             93,471 
           194,302 
           121,119 
         408,892 

2018

            81,721 
            20,475 
          310,411 
        412,607 

Cash at banks earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits and treasury bills are 
made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the 
Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit average rate 10.10% and Treasury bills 15.17% per annum.

132 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
18.  Restricted cash

Restricted cash

2019

EGP'000

           247 
          247 

2018

EGP'000

                   11,965 
                 11,965 

The cash balance related to “Molecular Diagnostic Center” is not available for use by the Group as a liquidator has been 
appointed. During the year 2019 EGP 11,571K has been returned to IDH, the liquidation process was completed and 
finalized on 19 January 2020.

19. 

 Other investments 

Fixed term deposits
Treasury bills

2019

EGP'000

2018

EGP'000

                               -   
                     221,617 
                   221,617 

                     145,000 
                       94,905 
                   239,905 

The maturity date of the fixed term deposit and treasury bills between 9–12 months and the effective interest rate on 
the treasury bills is 16.65% and nil (2018: 18.34% and 14.76%). 

Share capital and reserves

20. 
The Company’s ordinary share capital is $150,000,000 equivalent to EGP 1,072,500,000.
All shares are authorised and fully paid and have a par value of $1.

In issue at beginning of the year
In issue at the end of the year

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

31-Dec-19

150,000,000
150,000,000

31-Dec-18

150,000,000
150,000,000

Capital reserve
The capital reserve was created when the Group’s previous parent company, Integrated Diagnostics Holdings LLC – 
IDH (Caymans) arranged its own acquisition by Integrated Diagnostics Holdings PLC, a new legal parent. The balances 
arising represent the difference between the value of the equity structure of the previous and new parent companies.

Legal reserves
Legal reserve was formed based on the legal requirements of the Egyptian law governing the Egyptian subsidiaries. 
According to the Egyptian subsidiaries’ article of association 5% (at least) of the annual net profit is set aside to from 
a legal reserve. The transfer to legal reserve ceases once this reserve reaches 50% of the entity’s issued capital. If the 
reserve falls below the defined level, then the entity is required to resume forming it by setting aside 5% of the annual 
net profits until it reaches 50% of the issued share capital.  

Put option reserve 
Through acquisitions made within the Group, put option arrangements have been entered into to purchase the remain-
ing equity interests in subsidiaries from the vendors  at  a  subsequent date. At acquisition date an  initial put option 
liability  is  recognised  and  a  corresponding  entry  recognised  within  the  put  option  reserve.  After  initial  recognition 
the accounting policy for put options is to recognise all changes in the carrying value of the liability within put option 
reserve. When the put option is exercised by the vendors the amount recognised within the reserve will be reversed.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  133

Translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the finan-
cial statements of foreign subsidiaries.

21.  Distributions made and proposed

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid:
US$ 0.18 per qualifying ordinary share (2018: US$ 0.16)

2019

EGP'000

442,116
442,116

2018 

EGP'000

423,560
423,560

The dividend on ordinary shares are subject to approval at the annual general meeting.

22.  Provision

At 1 January 2019
Provision made during the year
Provision used during the year

Provision reversed during the year*

At 31 December 2019
Current
Non- Current

At 1 January 2018
Provision made during the year
Provision used during the year
Provision reversed during the year
At 31 December 2018
Current
Non- Current

Egyptian 
Government 
Training Fund for 
employees

EGP’000
                          12,014 
                                  -   
                                  -   

(11,823)
                              191 

Provision for 
legal claims

EGP’000
                    2,828 
                    3,521 
                   (1,267)

                   5,082 

Total

EGP’000
      14,842 
        3,521 
       (1,267)

     (11,823)

       5,273 

                               191 

                    5,082 

5,273 

Egyptian 
Government 
Training Fund for 
employees

EGP’000

                                  -   
                                  -   
                                  -   
                        12,014 

Provision for 
legal claims

EGP’000

                       793 
                      (234)
                      (416)
                   2,828 

Total

EGP’000

           793 
          (234)
          (416)
     14,842 

                          12,014 

                    2,828 

      14,842 

* During 2019 management reversed provisions for the employee’ training fund balance EGP 11.8m as it is no longer required. See Contingent Li-
abilities in Note 25.

134 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
                        
Legal claims provision
The amount comprises the gross provision in respect of legal claims brought against the Group. Management’s opinion, 
after taking appropriate legal advice, is that the outcome of these legal claims will not give rise to any significant loss 
beyond the amounts provided as at 31 December 2019.

23. 

Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Accrued expenses 
Other payables
Accrued interest 

24.  Short-term financial obligations

Put option liability
Finance lease liabilities

2019

EGP’000
145,195 
129,357 
40,502 
5,029 
320,083

2019

EGP’000

199,141 
61,712 
260,853

2018

EGP’000
       157,891 
         95,497 
         27,795 
            6,184 
287,367

2018

EGP’000

       131,671 
         24,994 
156,665

The accounting policy for put options after initial recognition is to recognise all changes in the carrying value of the put 
liability within equity. 

Through the historic acquisitions of Makhbariyoun Al Arab the Group entered into separate put option arrangements 
to purchase the remaining equity interests from the vendors at a subsequent date. At acquisition a put option liability 
has been recognised for the net present value for the exercise price of the option.

The options are exercisable in whole from the fifth anniversary of completion of the original purchase agreement, which 
fell due in June 2016. The vendor has not exercised this right at 31 December 2019

Loan and borrowings
25. 
A) 
In April 2017 AL-Mokhtabar for medical lab, one of IDH subsidiaries, was granted a medium term loan amount-
ing to EGP 110m from Commercial international bank “CIB Egypt” to finance the purchase of the new administrative 
building for the group. As at 31 December 2019 only EGP 110m had been drawn down from the total facility available. 
The loan contains the following financial covenants which if breached will mean the loan is repayable on demand:

1.  The financial leverage shall not exceed the following percentages  

Year

%

2017

2.33

2018

1.71

2019

2.31

2020

1.95

2021

1.64

2022

1.47

“Financial leverage”: total liabilities divided by net equity

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  135

2.  The debt service ratios (DSR) shall not be less than 1.
“Debt service ratios”: cash operating profit after tax plus Depreciation for the financial year less annual maintenance on 
machinery and equipment divided by total distributions plus accrued interest and loan instalments.

3.  The current ratios shall not be less than 1.
“Current ratios”: Current assets divided current liabilities.

4. 
The capital expansions in AL Mokhtabar company shall not exceed EGP 50m per year, other than year 2017 
which includes in addition the value of the building financed by EGP 110m loan facility. This condition is valid through-
out the term of the loan.

The agreement includes other non-financial covenants which relate to the impact of material events on the Company 
and the consequential ability to repay the loan.

B) 
In July 2018, AL-Borg lab, one of IDH subsidiaries, was granted a medium term loan amounting to EGP 130.5m 
from Ahli united bank “AUB Egypt” to finance the investment cost related to the expansion into the radiology segment. 
As at 31 December 2019 only EGP 43m had been drawn down from the total facility available. The loan contains the 
following financial covenants which if breached will mean the loan is repayable on demand:

1.  The financial leverage shall not exceed 0.7 throughout the period of the loan

“Financial leverage”: total bank debt divided by net equity

2.  The debt service ratios (DSR) shall not be less than 1.35 starting 2019
“Debt service ratio”: cash operating profit after tax plus depreciation for the financial year less annual maintenance on 
machinery and equipment adding cash balance divided by total financial payments.

“Cash operating profit”: Operating profit after tax, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, is calculated as 
follows: Net income after tax and unusual items adding Interest expense, Depreciation, Amortisation and provisions 
excluding tax related provisions less interest income and Investment income and gains from extraordinary items
“Financial payments”: current portion of long-term debt including finance lease payments, interest expense and fees 
and dividends distributions. 

3.  The current ratios shall not be less than 1.
“Current ratios”: Current assets divided current liabilities.

The terms and conditions of outstanding loans are as follows:

CIB - BANK

AUB - BANK 

Amount held as:
Current liability
Non- current 
liability 

Currency

EGP

EGP

Nominal 
interest rate
CBE corridor 
rate*+1%
CBE corridor 
rate*+1%

Maturity 

31 Dec 19 

31 Dec 18 

Apr-22

       64,070 

                 89,486 

Apr-26

       42,651 

                 37,369 

    106,721 

              126,855 

       25,416 

                 25,416 

       81,305 

                101,439 

    106,721 

              126,855 

*As at 31 December 2019 corridor rate 13.25% (2018: 17.75%)  

136 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
 
Contingent liabilities
As required by article 134 of the labour law on Vocational Guidance and Training issued by the Egyptian Government in 
2003, Al Borg Laboratory Company and Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs are required to conform to the require-
ments set out by that law to provide 1% of net profits each year into a training fund.  During the year, Integrated Diagnos-
tics Holdings plc have taken legal advice and considered market practice in Egypt relating to this and more specifically 
whether the vocational training courses undertaken by Al Borg Laboratory Company and Al Mokhtabar Company for 
Medical Labs suggest that obligations have been satisfied through training programmes undertaken in-house by those 
entities.  Since the issue of the law on Vocational Guidance and Training, Al Borg Laboratory Company and Al Mokhtabar 
Company for Medical Labs have not been requested by the government to pay or have voluntarily paid any amounts into 
the external training fund.  The board of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc have concluded that an outflow of funds is 
not probable and therefore a brought forward provision of EGP 11.8m has been released to the income statement.  Should 
a claim be brought against Al Borg Laboratory Company and Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs, an amount of 
between EGP 16.0m to EGP 34.3m could become payable, however this is not considered probable.

Accounting policies
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it 
is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a 
reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate if 
the time value of money is significant.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by 
the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group.

26. 

Long-term financial obligations

Lease liabilities building (see note 27)
Lease liabilities Medical equipment (see note 27)
Put option liability*

2019

EGP’000

     232,075 
       44,287 
30,022
306,384

2018 

EGP’000

             -   
       65,587 
13,604
79,191

*According to definitive agreements signed on 15 January 2018 between Dynasty Group Holdings Limited and Interna-
tional Finance Corporation (IFC) related to the Eagle Eye-Echo scan transaction, IFC has the option to put it is shares 
to Dynasty in year 2024. The put option price will be calculated on the basis of the fair market value determined by an 
independent valuer (one of the big four accounting firms).

According to the International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines, there are multiple ways to calculate 
the put option including Discounted Cash Flow, Multiples, Net assets.  Multiple valuation was applied and EGP 30.0 million 
was calculated as the valuation as at 31 December 2019 (2018; EGP 13.6m). In line with IAS 32 the entity has recognised a 
liability for the present value of the exercise price of the option price. The ramp-up of Echo-Scan operations driven by the 
new radiology equipment installed during Q4 2019 in Lago and Abuja will bolster the Company’s top line figure significantly 
starting 2020 and the following years yielding a Compounded Annual Growth Rate of 49% from 2019 to 2024. 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  137

Leases as lessee (IFRS 16)

27. 
The Group leases property and equipment. Property leases include branches, warehouse, parking and administration 
buildings. The leases typically run for average period from 5-10 years, with an option to renew the lease after that date. 
Lease payments are renegotiated with renovation after the end of the lease term to reflect market rentals. For certain 
leases, the Group is restricted from entering into any sub-lease arrangements. The property leases were entered into as 
combined leases of land and buildings and were previously, classified as operating leases under IAS 17. 

The Group entered into 2 significant agreements during the year ended 31 December 2015 to service the Group’s state-
of-the-art Mega Lab. The agreement periods are 5 and 8 years which is deemed to reflect the useful life of the equip-
ment. If the minimum annual commitment payments are met over the agreement period ownership of the equipment 
supplied will legally transfer to the IDH. The finance asset and liability has been recognised at an amount equal to the 
fair value of the underlying equipment. This is based on the current cost price of the equipment supplied provided by 
the suppliers of the agreement. The implicit interest rate of both finance leases has been estimated to be 11.5%. The 
equipment is being depreciated based on units of production method as this most closely reflects the consumption of 
the benefits from the equipment. Both agreements have been judged to be US$ denominated due to the future mini-
mum lease payments for the use of the equipment and corresponding finance lease liability being directly connected 
to the US$. These contracts leases were previously identified as finance leases under IAS 17, with the assets held within 
property planet and equipment (see note 10).

Information about leases for which the Group is lessee is presented below.

a)

2019
Balance at 1 January
Addition for the year
Depreciation charge for the year
Balance at 31 December

Right-of-use 
assets
Buildings

EGP'000

             213,870 
              98,609 
             (47,716)
           264,763 

b)  Leases liabilities 
Future minimum lease payments under leases and hire purchase contracts, together with the present value of the net 
minimum lease payments are, as follows:

*Lease liability – laboratory equipment
*Lease liabilities building
Lease liability – other

2019

EGP’000

67,690
269,401
982
338,073

2018 

EGP’000

               88,279 
                     -   
                 2,302 
90,581

138 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
*The lease liabilities for the laboratory equipment and building are payable as follows:

Minimum lease 
payments

2019

EGP’000
106,436
381,378
87,972
575,786

Minimum lease 
payments

2018

EGP’000
34,128
94,617
                     -   
128,745

Interest

2019

EGP’000
45,706
169,803
23,186
238,695

Interest

2018

EGP’000
10,810
29,656
                 -   
40,466

At 31 December 2019

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than 5 years

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than 5 years

c)  Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses related to short-term lease 
2018 - Operating leases under IAS 17

Leases expenses

Principal

2019

EGP’000
60,730
211,575
64,786
337,091

Principal

2018

EGP’000
23,318
64,961
                     -   
88,279

2019

EGP'000

      41,491 
        4,154 

2018

EGP'000

      67,197 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  139

28.  Related party transactions disclosures
The significant transactions with related parties, their nature volumes and balance during the period 31 December 2019 
and 2018 are as follows:

Related Party

Nature of 
transaction

Nature of 
relationship

31-Dec-19

Transaction 
amount of the 
year
EGP’000

Amount (due to 
Related Party)/
due from Related 
Party 
EGP’000

Affiliate**

                 14 

                  344 

Affiliate**

             (584)

5,216*** 

Life Scan (S.A.E)*

International Fertility 
(IVF)**

Expenses paid on 
behalf of related 
party by the group
Equipment bought 
from Related Party

H.C Security

Provide service

Integrated Treatment 
for Kidney Diseases 
(S.A.E)

Total

Rental income

Medical Test 
analysis

Entity owned by 
Company’s board 
member

Entity owned by 
Company’s CEO

               268 

                   (78)

               344 

                  631 

               377 

6,113

31-Dec-18

Transaction 
amount of the 
year
EGP’000

Amount (due to 
Related Party)/
due from Related 
Party
EGP’000

Related Party

Nature of 
transaction

Nature of 
relationship

Life Scan (S.A.E)*

International Fertility 
(IVF)**

Expenses paid on 
behalf of related 
party by the group
Equipment bought 
from Related Party

H.C Security

Provide service

Integrated Treatment 
for Kidney Diseases 
(S.A.E)

Total

Rental income

Medical Test 
analysis

Affiliate**

                 52 

                  330 

Affiliate**

             (200)

5,800*** 

Entity owned by 
Company’s board 
member

Entity owned by 
Company’s CEO

               261 

                   (91)

               320 

                  458 

               145 

6,497

* Life Scan is a company whose shareholders include Dr. Moamena Kamel ( founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs).
** International Fertility (IVF) is a company whose shareholders include Dr. Moamena Kamel ( founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs).
*** The group made a loan to International Fertility (IVF) of EGP 5 million which may provide future business opportunities for the company and is 
expected to be repaid in 2020.

140 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
The transactions with the related parties are not related to trading activities. However, they are related to expenses that 
have been paid on behalf of those related companies. Outstanding balances at the year-end are unsecured and interest 
free and settlement occurs in cash. There have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables 
or payables. For the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group has not recorded any impairment of receivables relating 
to amounts owed by related parties (2018: nil). This assessment is undertaken each financial year through examining 
the financial position of the related party and the market in which the related party operates.

IDH commits up to 1% of the net after-tax profit of the subsidiaries Al Borg and Al Mokhtabar to the Moamena Kamel 
Foundation for Training and Skill Development. Established in 2006 by Dr. Moamena Kamel, a Professor of Pathology 
at Cairo University and founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs and mother to the CEO Dr. Hend El Sherbini. The 
Foundation allocates this sum to organisations and groups in need of assistance. The foundation deploys an integrated 
program and vision for the communities it helps that include economic, social, and healthcare development initiatives. 
In 2019 EGP 5,259K (2018: EGP 3,733K) was paid to the foundation by the IDH Group.

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
The amounts disclosed in the table are the amounts recognised as an expense during the reporting period related to 
key management personnel.

Short-term employee benefits
Total compensation paid to key management personnel

2019

EGP’000

43,088 
43,088 

2018 

EGP’000

    36,662 
  36,662 

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  141

29.  Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising 
from financing activities 

 Other loans and 
borrowings
           133,039 
                 5,283 
             (25,416)
                     -   
             (21,165)
            (41,298)
                     -   
                     -   
                     -   
               20,009 
             20,009 
           111,750 

 Other loans and 
borrowings
             60,763 
               94,369 
             (20,514)
                     -   
             73,855 
               13,544 
                 2,359 
             (17,482)
              (1,579)
           133,039 

 Lease liabilities

                   90,581 
                           -   

                   (64,451)
                   (42,027)
               (106,478)
                           -   
                   213,870 
                    98,609 
                    41,491 
                 353,970 
                 338,073 

 Lease liabilities

                 117,714 
                           -   
                           -   
                   (27,668)
                 (27,668)
                           -   
                      9,182 
                     (8,647)
                        535 
                   90,581 

EGP'000 

 Balance at 1 January 2019 
Proceeds from loans and borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Payment of finance lease liabilities 
Interest paid 
Total changes from financing cash flows 
Capitalised borrowing costs 
Implementation of IFRS 16 
New leases signed in the period 
Interest expense 
Total liability-related other changes 
Balance at 31 December 2019 

EGP'000 

Balance at 1 January 2018 
Proceeds from loans and borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Payment of finance lease liabilities 
Total changes from financing cash flows 
Capitalised borrowing costs 
Interest expense 
Interest paid 
Total liability-related other changes 
Balance at 31 December 2018 

142 

  ANNUAL REPORT    |    2019

Financial Statements  //   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
30.  Post balance sheet events

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has conducted an assessment of the potential financial and opera-
tional risks to the business. The Group has a duty of care towards all employees, and therefore we expect some of our 
staff to be required to self-isolate and a lower level of branch visits to take place than anticipated for a limited period of 
time. The Group has increased house visits by phlebotomists to encourage patients to stay at home.

The Group has experienced branch closures in both Jordan and Sudan* and reduced operating hours** across its geo-
graphical markets, which has impacted revenue in March and April 2020. If the situation continues or worsens further, 
revenue, supply chain and operation are expected to be impacted.  However, the Group has secured an ample level of 
inventory to mitigate the risk; Currently, raw material and other supplies stock is sufficient to cover until September 
2020.

* As of April 23, 2020, 17 branches have been closed in Jordan due to the complete lockdown, while the remaining two branches are open with a special 
permit from the authority. One of the two branches is located inside a hospital and the other test COVID-19. In Sudan, 17 branches have closed due 

to the lockdown of Khartoum city.
**As of April 23, 2020, the operating hours per geography are as follows:

•  Egypt:   from 8 am to 11 pm Two Shifts to 8 am to 7 pm Two Shift
• 

Jordan:  from 8 am to 7 pm Two shifts to 24h for the branch in the hospital, and 8 am to 6 pm for the second, only 
to test COVID-19

•  Nigeria: from 8 am to 6 pm Two shifts to 9 am to 5 pm One shift.
•  Sudan:  from 8 to 6 pm Two Shifts to 7.30 to 12.30 pm for three branches and the fourth branch from 8 to 5 pm.

2019    |    

  ANNUAL REPORT 

  143

 
 
IDHCORP.COM